LIST OF CONTENTS. List of contents

Size: px

Start display at page:

Download "LIST OF CONTENTS. List of contents"

Gervase Dixon
6 years ago
Views:

2 LIST OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION...2 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS...3 ABOUT THE COMPANY...4 ABOUT PARTNERS...6 WELDING EQUIPMENT OF KAZAKHSTANI ASSEMBLY...8 WELDING EQUIPMENT...12 MMA equipment...12 TIG equipment...22 TIG torches...30 MIG/MAG equipment...34 MIG/MAG torches...49 Manual plasma cutting equipment...53 Gouging equipment...63 Engine driven welders...67 WELDING CONSUMABLES...84 Consumables for welding carbon and low alloy steels...85 Consumables for welding high-strength alloy and heat-resistant steels...98 Consumables for welding of stainless and heat- resistant steels Consumables for welding cast iron and nickel-based alloys Consumables for welding of non-ferrous metals and their alloys Consumables for facing and repair parts Fluxes and wire for automatic welding and facing Tungsten (non-consumable) electrodes Electrodes for the cutting and gouging List of contents WELDING ACCESSORIES AND PERSONAL PROTECTION Welding helmets Safety glasses Welder s clothing Welding Gloves Electrode holder Clamps Chemical liquid for welding Welder s tools Drying equipment Industrial markers EQUIPMENT FOR GAS CUTTING Reducers and regulators Cutters and torches Gas -cutting machines ELECTRIC HAND TOOLS EQUIPMENT FOR PIPELINES CONSTRUCTION Centrators for pipelines welding Devices for lifting and moving pipes CONTACT INFORMATION

3 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Dear Partner! Let me express my deep gratitude for your interest and for choosing our company! Welding Group values its reputation on the market installing long-term partnerships with customers. The company is honored to work with every customer who contacted us, offering a product that makes our work easier and to improve its quality. Welding Group has worked on the industrial market within 15 years. Formed in 2001, the company immediately gained a strong position among the suppliers of high-quality welding materials and equipment. Currently, our business provides a full range of services for the delivery, assembly, servicing of welding equipment and welding materials. Our product is interesting for large companies with stringent requirements for quality, safety, versatility and the latest technologies, as well as for individuals who are interested in simplicity, ease of use and price. But we do not just sell equipment. For further operation is crucial timely service. This integrated approach is more complicated, but, as experience shows, gives us significant advantages over competitors and the additional convenience to the consumer. Our catalog shows only a portion of the products that we supply to the market of Kazakhstan. Therefore, if you have any questions, you can contact our sales department and get a full consultation. We are ready to help or advise you in all your questions, and no matter when you purchased goods from us - yesterday or 10 years ago. Our experts are always at your service. We hope that our joint work will leave only pleasant impressions, and our partnership will grow stronger year after year! Contact information is located at the end of the catalog. Working with professional suppliers of equipment, you feel a deep sense of satisfaction and pride when dealing with end users, who use the equipment supplied by us to high-tech industries of petroleum, chemical, construction and other industries. Alexandr Kozmin 2

4 HEREIN SHALL APPLY THE FOLLOWING NAMES AND REDUCTION: AWT tensile test of all weld metal СЕ electrode equivalent CRA corrosion-resistant alloy CTOD crack tip opening DAC distance amplitude correction ECA engineering critical assessment GMAW metal arc welding in a gas medium GSFCAW tubular electrode arc welding shielding gas GTAW tungsten arc welding with shielding gas HAZ thermal effect area HV Vickers hardness IQI Image Quality Indicator LPE penetrant testing MPE magnetic particle inspection NDE non-destructive testing OD outer diameter of pipe Pcm setting composite cracking PWHT heat treatment after welding r nominal radius SAW submerged arc welding SMAW metal arc welding with coated electrodes SMYS specified minimum yield strength SSFCAW arc welding tubular electrode with self-defense t wall thickness UE ultrasonography VE visual inspection WPS welding procedure specification SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS 3

ABOUT COMPANY ABOUT COMPANY In 2016 our company celebrated its 15th anniversary. Of course, this is not the term, but still - a major step in the development of our business.

5 ABOUT COMPANY ABOUT COMPANY In 2016 our company celebrated its 15th anniversary. Of course, this is not the term, but still - a major step in the development of our business. After all, it was starting with a small office in the shift camp Tengiz, with a team of 4 persons and a simple goal - to provide TCO contractors with reliable welding consumables and technical gases on Tengiz oilfield. More than 15 years of hard and painstaking work, and today Welding Group is one of the main suppliers of welding equipment and welding materials on the industrial market over Kazakhstan. The central office of Welding Group is located in Atyrau City, the oil capital of Kazakhstan. Today, in our offices, including Astana, Almaty, Pavlodar, Ust-Kamenogorsk, Shymkent Cities more than 100 persons employ, 100% of which are local residents. In addition, we have showrooms for the equipment, materials and tools realization in all industrial centers of Kazakhstan; we also have offices in Kyrgyzstan and Russia. Today Welding Group has more than items of products in his assortment and always has more than 270 tons of welding materials, more than 300 units of welding equipment in the availability. We are constantly developing contacts with regions, expanding the network of regional representatives of the company. Team of Welding Group companies Supply of KEMPPI, BÖHLER, LESSMANN, BINZEL, KOBELCO, DENYO, HYPERTHERM welding products Supply of ESAB, GCE,KOWELD, MOSA, AXXAIR, MARKAL, MENNEKES welding products Support manning, diagnostics and repair of welding equipment Due to extensive experience on the market, the high quality of our products, price and assortment policy the company has a steadily growing turnover and earned an excellent reputation among customers and suppliers. Our company is the link between leading companies of world production and the Kazakhstani market. Today Welding Group is the official distributor of the following brands: ESAB /Sweden/ Welding equipment and materials, personal protective equipment, accessories KOBELCO/Japan/ Welding materials BÖHLER /Austria/ Welding materials KEMPPI /Finland/ Welding Equipment ELECTREX /Portugal/ Welding Equipment MOSA /Italy/ Power stations and welders DENYO /Japan/ Welders HYPERTHERM /USA/ handheld and mechanized plasma cutting system 3М /USA / Abrasives and PPE 4

6 ABOUT COMPANY FEIN /Germany/ Handheld power tools MARKAL, TEMPIL /USA/ Industrial markers, temperature indicating crayon ABICOR BINZEL /Germany / Accessories for welding equipment GCE /Czech Republic /, KRASS /Russia/ Equipment for gas welding and cutting The time does not stand still and the market experienced an era of global change 4 years ago. New conditions have forced us to reconsider some of the goals and objectives. Our company has decided to create a new direction where we will not a link in the chain between the producer and the end user, and be a direct participant in the production itself. A contract was signed and the project launched with the company KEMPPI OY by assembly of welding equipment in Kazakhstan under WeldProfi trade mark. This has allowed our company to become a member of the production itself, and thus to make the percentage of Kazakhstani participation in the production of these products. As a result of this project WeldProfi machines are recognized produced on the territory of Kazakhstan that is confirmed by a certificate of CT-KZ. For six years of the project existence, we got a good result. We have delivered more than 500 pieces of equipment on the markets of Kazakhstan and Central Asia. And most importantly, WeldProfi welding machines gained a popularity and established itself as a powerful, highly reliable, compact equipment. And today our WPs successfully compete with such devices like Caddy (ESAB), V-250T (Lincoln Electric), Miller and etc. This is confirmed by a lot of positive reviews on WeldProfi equipment that we receive from our customers. But we do not stop on this and are negotiating concerning the expansion WeldProfi range. In January, 2017 our company received the License No. KZ61VEH for application of WeldProfi welding machines on hazardous production objects issued by the Republic state institution named the Committee of industrial development and security of the Ministry by investment and development of the Republic of Kazakhstan. In 2014, the project was launched together with the company Electrex (Portugal) on the joint production of welding equipment. 30 units of this technique were produced. There are welding machines for welding in shielding gases, inverter systems of manual plasma cutting and spot welding machines. New welding equipment provides high performance and excellent welding quality. The high requirements to the quality of welding and blanking production were the beginning of our cooperation with Hypertherm company, the world leader in the development and production of plasma cutting systems. Now our company is the official distributor of the Republic of Kazakhstan, and is able to supply high-quality plasma cutting equipment and consumables parts. A major role plays a team in our company. The corporate policy of the company combines the oriental features with the traditions of Western European business. As Japanese corporations we focus on the high team spirit. Every employee feels not a cog and an important creative unit of effort of which depends on the overall success. Any client peasants to work with a reliable, stable team with a clear business philosophy and common values. In an atmosphere of unity and openness («one for all and all for one») there is a good chance to rise from the ordinary level to the level of top management. Working with us, customers use our experience in the selection of the world s manufacturers of equipment and technologies in relation to their task, which is becoming a matter of technique and skill. At present one of the main trends in the development of welding production is the use of automated systems and robots in the manufacture of a large range of products. Their use allows to significantly reduce the impact on the human process of welding and thus to improve the quality of welded joints, and also to improve process performance and production efficiency on the whole. In our catalog for welding automation, you can find solutions to improve the quality and productivity of welding production. ABOUT COMPANY 5

7 ABOUT PARTNERS ABOUT PARTNERS Kemppi OY - Finnish manufacturer of welding equipment, is one of the world leaders in the manufacture and supply of equipment for arc welding and innovative solutions to improve productivity and quality. KOBE STEEL Ltd Concern (Japan) has been manufacturing electrodes, solid welding wire, wires with flux, and welding fluxes under KOBELCO trademark for more than a dozen years. ESAB was founded in 1904 in Gothenburg by the inventor of the coated electrode, Oscar Chellberg. Today ESAB produces welding materials, equipment for welding and cutting metals for almost all sectors - construction, transportation, mining and others. Voestalpine Böhler Welding is a part of the international VOESTALPINE Group concern and is a leading international company specializing in the production of welding materials. Production of voestalpine Böhler Welding company is widely used in various industries in Russia, Belarus and Kazakhstan. ELECTREX company has been running since 1946, includes MCS Group holding, today being one of the leading manufacturers of welding equipment on the Iberian Peninsula. MOSA Divisione della BCS S.p.A. company was founded in 1963 as a company specializing in the production of welders and power plants. The headquarters and production are located in the suburbs of Milan, Cusago. The production area is 75,000 square meters up of which 20,000 sq.m are occupied by all buildings and structures. For many years the MOSA company has supplied hundreds of thousands of welders and power plants around the world and has become synonymous with quality and reliability. 3M is an American diversified innovative production company which was founded in 1902 in the USA in Minnesota. Today in 60 countries of the world more than 50 thousands of articles for medicine and various industries including automotive, oil and gas, mining and others (abrasive, adhesives, etc.) are produced. 6

ABOUT PARTNERS Japanese company Denyo has engaged in production of industrial electrical for more than 60 years and deservedly considered one of the leaders in this industry.

Excellent recommendations of customers and consistently excellent quality of work for all units allow Denyo to firmly hold the leadership position on the markets of industrial diesel electric

8 ABOUT PARTNERS Japanese company Denyo has engaged in production of industrial electrical for more than 60 years and deservedly considered one of the leaders in this industry. The modern range of products includes Denyo diesel power, ultra-quiet generators, diesel compressors and welding machines. Excellent recommendations of customers and consistently excellent quality of work for all units allow Denyo to firmly hold the leadership position on the markets of industrial diesel electric equipment in more than 130 countries around the world. ABOUT PARTNERS ABICOR BINZEL - the world s leading manufacturer of components for welding equipment. The Group companies ABICOR BINZEL was established on the basis of Alexander Binzel Schweisstechnik GmbH & Co.KG, Giessen (Germany), founded in GCE is a leading European company manufacturer of equipment in the use of technical gases. The company has a headquarters in Swedish Malmö, the main production plant is in the Haute-Bourges in the Czech Republic and there are local sales offices in 15 cities around the world. Hypertherm designs and manufactures the most advanced plasma cutting systems in the world. The company s product line includes handheld and mechanized cutting systems, consumable parts for these systems, numerical control devices to control the movement and torch height, the software CAD / CAM, as well as equipment for laser cutting. Markal - is one of the brand of American company named LA-CO Industries, a world leader in the field of labeling. Markal manufactures industrial markers for the following industries: metallurgy, shipbuilding, automotive assembly, welding and manufacturing of metal woods, woodworking and more. FEIN is one of the leading manufacturers of power tools in the world for more than 140 years. And this is undoubtedly due to the fact that today the company, producing innovative products, acts in accordance with his desire to create only reliable power tools. 7

9 WELDING EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLED IN KAZAKHSTAN Аpplication on hazardous production objects of the Republic of Kazakhstan MADE IN KAZAKHSTAN Kazakhstan APPROVED RSI Committee of industrial development and security of the Republic of Kazakhstan 2 year warranty 8

Welding Group Consortium (Kazakhstan) with the technical support of the world s leading manufacturer of welding equipment like KEMPPI OY (Finland) opened the production of welding machines under

Excellent technical characteristics of welding equipment Kemppi Minarc 220 is well known to those skilled in the field of welding.

The welding machine ensures high stability of arcing due to the large voltage reserve and the automatic control functions of the arc burning.

When the duty cycle is 100%, this model provides a current strength of up to 150 A for MMA welding and up to 160 A for TIG welding.

10 Welding Group Consortium (Kazakhstan) with the technical support of the world s leading manufacturer of welding equipment like KEMPPI OY (Finland) opened the production of welding machines under WeldProfi trade mark in April, The welding equipment named WeldProfi received certificates CT KZ, the company entered in the list of «Samruk-Kazyna» as a «Domestic commodity producer». Excellent technical characteristics of welding equipment Kemppi Minarc 220 is well known to those skilled in the field of welding. Welding Group produces welding machine WeldProfi 220, which is an analogue of Minarc 220 welding machine, made in cooperation with Kemppi OY and assembled in Kazakhstan. The welding machine ensures high stability of arcing due to the large voltage reserve and the automatic control functions of the arc burning. The welding machine has excellent arc characteristics and high power. When the duty cycle is 100%, this model provides a current strength of up to 150 A for MMA welding and up to 160 A for TIG welding. When the duty cycle is 35%, the device provides the welding current 220 A. WeldProfi 220 The «anti-freeze» function allows you to make highquality welding. The risk of the electrode sticking is minimum. Welding machine WeldProfi 220 can also be used for effective and safe TIG welding with contact ignition arc or using torches Kemppi TTC 220 GV. TouchArc function provides the ability to easily contact ignition, reducing the risk of sticking of the tungsten electrode and the formation of tungsten inclusions in the beginning of welding. The machine can be equipped with Kemppi R10 unit remote control. Equipment warranty is 2 years. WELDING EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLED IN KAZAKHSTAN Ordering Information Denomination WeldProfi220 set ( KZ WeldProfi 220 Power source, ММА cable, grounding cable) Article KZ_WG Specifications Mains voltage 3~400V -20%+15% 50/60 Hz Output power: ММА 8,2 kva 220А/28,8V TIG 7,2 kva 220А/18,8V Network cable/fuse 5х1,5 mm² 5m 10А Duty cycle 35%ММА 100%ММА 220А/28,8V 150А/26,0V 35%TIG 100%TIG 220А/18,8V 160А/16,4V The range of adjustment ММА 10А/20,4V 220А/28,8V TIG 10А/10,4V 220А/18,8V Open circuit voltage ММА 85V TIG 60V Power factor ММА 0,91 TIG 0,92 Efficiency ММА 0,86 TIG 0,80 Dimensions 400х180х340 mm Weight 9,2 kg Power generator 15kVA 9

WELDING EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLED IN KAZAKHSTAN WeldProfiTig 250 model provides the ability to perform multiple operations with one machine.

The ability to complete the work in two modes - the TIG and MMA, it significantly expands the application range of the device, it allows to weld metal sheets and pipes of different thickness in the

For example, when welding thickwalled pipe WeldProfiTig 250 welding machine allows welding a seam root with TIG method and cutting filling weld with MMA.

It is the perfect solution for use in the installation, repair, and maintenance workshops in many industries, as well as in educational institutions.

11 WELDING EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLED IN KAZAKHSTAN WeldProfiTig 250 model provides the ability to perform multiple operations with one machine. TIG welding method can be used for applications requiring high precision and quality, while the possibility of MMA welding increases the versatility of this machine. The ability to complete the work in two modes - the TIG and MMA, it significantly expands the application range of the device, it allows to weld metal sheets and pipes of different thickness in the welding shop and the open working area, and the compact size and low weight make the welding machine WeldProfiTig 250 especially suitable for work on the installation. For example, when welding thickwalled pipe WeldProfiTig 250 welding machine allows welding a seam root with TIG method and cutting filling weld with MMA. Thus, two operations are performed by one welding machine. WeldProfiTig 250 welding machine is characterized by high reliability, performance and easy operation, which ensures high efficiency welding. It is the perfect solution for use in the installation, repair, and maintenance workshops in many industries, as well as in educational institutions. WeldProfiTig 250 In June, 2016 our company together with Kemppi Oy supplier made a panel modification for WeldProfiTig 250 machine. A new user-friendly panel allows to read actual values for welding current and voltage needed to calculate heat input under welding. Equipment warranty is 2 years. Ordering Information Denomination Article WeldProfi220 set ( KZ WeldProfi 220 Power source, ММА cable, grounding cable) KZ_WG Specifications Mains voltage 3~400V -20%+15% 50/60 Hz Output power ММА 8,2 kva 220А/28,8V TIG 7,2 kva 250А/18,8V Network cable/fuse 5х1,5 mm² 5m 10А Duty cycle 35%ММА 100%ММА 220А/28,8V 150А/26,0V 35%TIG 100%TIG 250А/20,1V 160А/16,4V The range of adjustment ММА 10А/20,4V 220А/28,8V TIG 5А/10,2V 250А/20,1V Open circuit voltage ММА 95V Power factor ММА 0,91 TIG 0,92 Efficiency ММА 0,86 TIG 0,80 Dimensions 400х180х340 mm Weight 10,7 kg Power generator 15kVA 10

WeldProfi 350 welding machine as the Master MLS 3500, has proven itself over a long period of release and is deservedly considered a classic industrial compact inverter welding machine for MMA and

This provides the highest power requirements, even at maximum equipment load. Welding machine weight is 21 kg, which allows to move freely on territory of plant or installation site.

large structures when operating at height and difficult access conditions. All WeldProfi 350 electronics manufactured and tested in Finland on Kemppi OY factory.

welding of the highest quality. The welding machine is suitable for MMA welding with all types of electrodes, including cellulosic electrodes.

12 WeldProfi 350 welding machine as the Master MLS 3500, has proven itself over a long period of release and is deservedly considered a classic industrial compact inverter welding machine for MMA and TIG welding. Welding machine WeldProfi 350 provides a welding current up to 350 A at 40% duty cycle and up to 220 A at 100% duty cycle. This provides the highest power requirements, even at maximum equipment load. Welding machine weight is 21 kg, which allows to move freely on territory of plant or installation site. High performance and reliability of the welding machine, low weight and dimensions make it an indispensable tool within welding works in industry and particularly in the construction and assembly of large structures when operating at height and difficult access conditions. All WeldProfi 350 electronics manufactured and tested in Finland on Kemppi OY factory. The device is equipped with a control panel Kemppi WP, providing a complete set of functions for MMA welding and basic functions for TIG welding with contact arc ignition that helps to perform the welding of the highest quality. The welding machine is suitable for MMA welding with all types of electrodes, including cellulosic electrodes. WeldProfi 350 For more comfortable working at heights, or limited access, the welding machine is equipped with remote controls: R10 - the usual remote control, R11 - wireless. Equipment warranty is 2 years. WELDING EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLED IN KAZAKHSTAN Ordering Information Denomination WeldProfi 350 set ( KZ Weldprofi 350, KZ WP Power sourse, ММА cable, grounding cable) Article KZ_WG Specifications Mains voltage 3~400V -20%+15% 50/60 Hz Output power ММА 8,2 kva 220А/28,8V TIG 7,2 kva 220А/18,8V Network cable/fuse 5х1,5 mm ² 5m 10А Duty cycle 40%ММА 100%ММА 350А/28,8V 220А/26,0V 35%TIG 100%TIG 400А/18,8V 270А/16,4V The range of adjustment ММА 10А/20,5В 220А/28,8V TIG 5А/10,0В 400А/26,0 V Open circuit voltage ММА 80V Power factor ММА 0,95 Efficiency ММА 0,86 Dimensions 500х180х340 mm Weight 21 kg Power generator 15кVA 11

13 MMA EQUIPMENT 12

Designed for durability The Buddy Arc 145/180/200 is a user friendly, robust and light weight stick (MMA) welding machine.

14 Buddy Arc 145/180/200 The Buddy Arc 145/180/200 is a robust and durable power source for the professional welder. The machine provides stateof-the-art welding performance and reliability through use of the latest high grade IGBT technology. Designed for durability The Buddy Arc 145/180/200 is a user friendly, robust and light weight stick (MMA) welding machine. The internal electronics are cooled by a highly efficient fan for added reliability and monitored by a thermal protection system. The machine has been equipped with three heat sinks which further extending the life time of the product. The casing has been designed to withstand harsh environments and incorporates both a shoulder strap and a carry handle. Control panel The control panel on the Buddy Arc 145/180/200 is very easy to use with only one knob for the setting of the weld current. MMA welding Buddy Arc 145/180/200 provides a smooth DC (Direct Current) welding power which allows you to weld most metals such as alloyed and non alloyed steel, stainless steel and cast iron. The Buddy Arc 145/180/200 can weld most electrodes from Ø1,6-2,4 mm and some Ø3,2. Ordering Information Denomination Buddy Arc 145 Buddy Arc 180 Buddy Arc 200 Article _WGE _WGE _WGE MMA EQUIPMENT Specifications Buddy Arc 145 Buddy Arc 180 Buddy Arc 200 Mains voltage 220/150 V 50/60Hz 220/150 V 50/60Hz 220/150 V 50/60Hz Fuse 16A 25A 32A Max. current, 40 C, MMA Duty cycle 15% 145A/25,8V Duty cycle 35% 180A/27,2V 200A/28V Duty cycle 60% 70A/22,8V 130A/25,2V 135A/24,4 Duty cycle 100% 55A/22,2V 100A/24V 120A/24,8V Max. current, 40 C, TIG Duty cycle 35% 180A/17,2 200A/18V Duty cycle 60% 130A/15,2V 130A/15,4V Duty cycle 100% 100A/14V 120A/14,8V The range of adjustment A 5-180A 5-210A The range of adjustment 5-180A 5-210A Open circuit voltage 66V 59V 66V Dimensions 280x120x220mm 310x140x230mm 360x140x230mm Weight 3,6kg 6,0kg 7,5kg 13

Minarc Evo 180 MMA EQUIPMENT Minarc Evo 180 is the latest MMA model from the popular Minarc Evo family. It has all the great qualities of its predecessor, and then some.

15 Minarc Evo 180 MMA EQUIPMENT Minarc Evo 180 is the latest MMA model from the popular Minarc Evo family. It has all the great qualities of its predecessor, and then some. Upgraded, improved and more powerful, it serves the agile welder better than ever with greater welding capacity. Every element of Minarc Evo 180 is designed to meet the needs of professional welders on the move. Where size, weight and welding quality are concerned, there is no equal. Ideal for site use, you can use Minarc Evo 180 from mains or generator power supplies, even with extra long supply cables. Minarc Evo is easy to carry, so you can normally take everything you need in one journey. Large voltage reserves and automatic arc force control provide excellent arc stability in all welding positions and for a wide range of electrode types, making sure you get quality welding results every time. The large and clear meter display makes accurate current setting simple and easy, and precise lift TIG ignition ensures high quality DC TIG welding. Connect a remote control unit and you can adjust welding parameters at distance during welding, for the ultimate convenience and weld pool control. Article Minarc Evo Minarc Evo 180 VRD VRD Earth return cable and clamp Welding cable and electrode holder Shoulder strap Optional: TIG torch TTM15V 4 m BETA 90X electronic welding helmet R10 Hand held remote control 5 m Specifications Connection voltage 1~ 50/60 Hz 230 V ±15 % (AU 240 V ± 15 %) Rated power at max. current 30 % ED MMA 170 A / 5.7 kva 35 % ED TIG 180 A / 4.0 kva Output (40 C) MMA 30 % ED 170 A / 26.8 V (140AU: 28 % ED 140A / 25.6 V) 60 % ED 140 A / 25.6 V 100 % ED 115 A / 24.6 V (140 AU: 80 A/23.2 V) Output (40 C) TIG 35 % ED 180 A / 17.2 V 60 % ED 150 A / 15 V 100 % ED 130 A / 15.2 V Open circuit voltage 90 V (VRD 30 V; AU VRD 12 V) Power factor at 100 % ED 0.99 Efficiency at 100 % ED (MMA) 84 % Stick electrodes mm External dimensions L x W x H 361 x 139 x 267 mm Weight (with connection cable) 5.85 kg EMC class A Norms IEC , -10, IEC

Caddy Arc 151i, 201i и 251i Caddy unit is equipped with large connectors OKC 50 withstand heavy loads. The compact design absorbs shock and polymer body it is light and easy transportation.

16 Caddy Arc 151i, 201i и 251i Caddy unit is equipped with large connectors OKC 50 withstand heavy loads. The compact design absorbs shock and polymer body it is light and easy transportation. Large cooling unit and carefully executed design ensures a long service life and allow you to work even in the most difficult conditions. New ArcPlus controller further optimizes process welding reduces spatter and improves the reuse arc excitation. Caddy device is designed so that all the major components in the car are kept clean and free of dust deposition. Caddy The device complies with the protection class IP 23 and is therefore suitable for outdoor use. Durable design and excellent welding properties ensure its reliable every day use. PFC - Power Factor Correction (PFC). Caddy Arc equipped with an automatic power factor correction unit (PFC), which minimizes the interference in the network. Denomination Caddy Arc 1511, А31 Caddy Arc 2511, А32 Caddy Arc 2011, A33 Caddy Arc 2511, А34 Article _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE MMA EQUIPMENT Specifications Model Caddy Arc 151i Caddy Arc 201i Caddy Arc 251i Mains voltage V/ph, Hz 230/1, 50/60 230/1, 50/60 400/3, 50/60 Fuse (slow), A Permitted load at 40ºC, MMA 20% duty cycle, A/V 150/26 170/26,8 30% duty cycle, A/V 250/30 60% duty cycle, A/V 100/24 130/25,2 190/27,6 100% duty cycle, A/V 90/23,6 110/24,4 150/25,7 Permitted load at 40ºC, TIG 20% duty cycle, A/V 150/16 220/18,8 30% duty cycle, A/V 250/20 60% duty cycle, A/V 120/14,8 150/16,0 190/17,6 100% duty cycle, A/V 110/14,4 140/15,6 150/15,8 Setting range MMA A31, A A33, A A32/A34, A Setting range TIG A33, A A32/A34, A Open circuit voltage, U0 max A31, V A33, V A32/A34, V 65 Power factor at max. current 0,99 0,99 0,99 Efficiency at max. current Dimensions lxwxh, mm 418x188x x188x x188x208 Weight, kg 7,9 8,3 10,5 15

Minarc 220 MMA EQUIPMENT For welding on the move Minarc 220 is a three phase, 220A DC MMA welding power source, offering a truly portable specification for welding technicians on the move.

Remote control for MMA and TIG is also possible with either the R10 remote control unit or the RTC10 torch control unit.

17 Minarc 220 MMA EQUIPMENT For welding on the move Minarc 220 is a three phase, 220A DC MMA welding power source, offering a truly portable specification for welding technicians on the move. Ignition performance is excellent with all MMA electrode types and the TIG welding TouchArc function provides reliable DC TIG welding capability when combined with the TTC 220 GV TIG torch. Remote control for MMA and TIG is also possible with either the R10 remote control unit or the RTC10 torch control unit. Briefly: Excellent welding quality and ignition dynamics Light weight, high power and duty cycle Ready to weld packages Applications Metal workshops Construction industry Agriculture Repair and maintenance Artcicle Minarc 220, incl. earth return and welding cable, connection cable Accessories Earth return cable Welding cable Carrying straps Specifications Connection voltage 3~, 50/60 Hz 400 V -20 % % Rated power MMA 35 % ED 220 A 100 % ED 150 A Output 40 C MMA 35 % ED 220 A / 28.8 V 60 % ED 170 A / 26.8 V 100 % ED 150 A / 26.0 V TIG 35 % ED 220 A / 18.8 V 60 % ED 180A / 17.2 V 100 % ED 160 A / 16.4 V Connection cable H07RN-F 4G1.5 (5 m) Fuse, delayed 10 A Welding range MMA 10 A / 20.4 V-220 A / 28.8 V TIG 10 A / 10.4 V-220 A / 18.8 V Open circuit voltage 85 V (30 V/VRD) Power factor at maximum MMA 0.91 (TIG 0.92) current Efficiency at max current 0.86 (TIG 0.80) Stick electrode mm External dimensions L x W x H 400 x 180 x 340 mm Weight 9.2 kg 16

18 Master MLS 2500/3500 Master MLS machines offer the best choice in MMA welding refinement. Combine either the 250 or 350 amp power source with the basic MEL or advanced MEX control panels for outstanding welding performance. High 40 % duty cycle ensures you have the work capacity to get the job done; whilst the compact and lightweight design makes work around site easy. Control panel options MEL and MEX include all of the necessary parameter functions for high quality MMA welding. MEL panel includes process selection for MMA or basic TIG welding, large, clear meter display, hot start and arc force control, plus remote control function. MEX panel offers a more diverse selection of parameter controls including: Electronic electrode type selector, arc gouging, or broken arc welding technique and memory channel function. High quality TouchArc function provides a credible DC TIG welding facility. Article Master MLS Welding cable 35 mm2 5 m Earth return cable 35 mm2 5 m Electric plug 16 A 5-poles Master MLS Master MLS 3500 VRD C1 Welding cable 50 mm2 5 m Earth return cable 50 mm2 5 m Electric plug 16 A 5-poles Control panels MEL MEX MMA EQUIPMENT Specifications Connection voltage 3~, 50/60 Hz 400 V ( %) 400 V ( %) Rated power at max. current MMA 9.4 kva 15 kva TIG 8.4 kva 13.8 kva Fuse, delayed 10 A 16 A Output 40 C 40 % ED 250 A/30 V (300 A/22 V TIG) 350 A/34 V (400 A/26 V TIG) 60 % ED 205 A / 28.2 V 285 A / 31.4 V 100 % ED 160 A / 26.4 V 220 A / 28.8 V Welding range MMA 10 A/20.5 V A/30 V 10 A/20.5 V A/34 V TIG 5 A/10 V A/22 V 5 A/10 V A/26 V Open circuit voltage 80 V 80 V Power factor at 100% ED Efficiency at 100% ED 86 % 86 % Stick electrode mm mm External dimensions L x W x H 500 x 180 x 390 mm 500 x 180 x 390 mm Weight 20 kg 21 kg 17

19 Renegade ES 300i MMA EQUIPMENT Renegade ES 300i is an inverter based MMA/Stick and LiveTIG machine with extreme power to weight ratio. The compact format makes it easy to carry and bring to any jobsite. Combined with high duty cycle and the ability to run the machine on long mains and welding cable makes this a superior welding machine for both on- and off site applications. The machine has an automatic input voltage sensor and can operate with any input voltage between 230 V and 480 V 3-phase. Extreme power to weight ratio in a most compact format. Rugged composite casing for durability in the roughest environments For professional MMA welding with electrodes up to 6 mm with a high duty cycle of 300 A at 40%. Ideal for operation in high ambient temperatures The machine automatically adjusts to optimal start and stop parameters based on the set current A powerful voltage booster provide additional arc voltage for superior cellulosic weld performance 3 memory settings for easy and quick access to welding parameters INDUSTRY Ship and Offshore Yards Civil Construction Pipe Construction Repair and Maintenance Heavy Fabrication Industrial and General Fabrication Mining Steel Erectors Ordering Information Renegade ES 300i incl 3 m mains cable and plug Renegade ES 300i, incl. 3 m mains, shoulder strap, 5 m weld and return cable Specifications Primary Voltage VAC Number of Phases 3 ph Supply Frequency 50/60 Hz Fuse Slow 10 A (20 A at 230 V) Energy Save Mode 91 W Rated kva 11,3 kva Maximum Output 300 A Power Factor at Max Current 0.96 Efficiency at Max Current MMA 89 % Efficiency at Max Current TIG 85 % Open Circuit Voltage 48 V Open Circuit Voltage VRD 32 V MMA Welding Output 40 %, 60 %, 100 % Duty Cycle TIG Welding Output 40 %, 60 %, 100 % Duty Cycle Current Range Approvals Application Class Protection Class 300 A / 32.0 V, 250 A / 30.0 V, 200 A / 28.0 V 300 A / 22.0 V, 250 A / 20.0 V, 200 A / 18.0 V A CE S IP23 Mains Cable 3 m 4 2,5 mm² (4 4 mm² with 230 V) Supply Plug CEE 32 A Dimensions, Lx W x H 460 x 200 x 320 mm (18.1x7.9x12.6 in.) Weight 15 kg (33 lbs) 18

$Аristo 300/400/500 MMA EQUIPMENT New Inverter source ARISTO 300 \ 400 \ 500 They have became even more powerful and easier: Expanding opportunities for enterprises from network voltage fluctuations$

20 Аristo 300/400/500 MMA EQUIPMENT New Inverter source ARISTO 300 \ 400 \ 500 They have became even more powerful and easier: Expanding opportunities for enterprises from network voltage fluctuations 15 / + 21% of base. Production space savings up to 85% compared with conventional sources. 84% lighter than traditional semi-automatic machines of similar capacity. Consumption 30W Standby power. The highest degree of protection. Intelligent cooling system ELP (ESABLogic Pump) Meets the international standard ISO Compliance with RoHS standards. Welding source Aristo 300/400/500 is available with panel A44 which allows cooking method MMA, as well as to connect Mobile Feed 300 AVS to semi-automatic welding. This solution allows you to work without the use of the control cables. Using the self-shielded flux-cored wire allow to cook in semiautomatic mode without the use of protective gas. Source may be used in conjunction with feeder AristoF300. When connecting the feeder all controlled from the panels MA43 and MA44, and A44 panel at the source is not active. Denomination Aristo 300 Aristo 300 A44 Aristo 400 Aristo 400 A44 Aristo 500 Aristo 500 A44 Article _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE MMA EQUIPMENT Specifications Model Aristo 300 Aristo 400 Aristo 500 Mains voltage V/ph, Hz 400/3, 50/60 400/3, 50/60 400/3, 50/60 Fuse (slow), A Permitted load at 40ºC 60% duty cycle, A/V 500/40 80% duty cycle, A/V 400/36 100% duty cycle, A/V 300/32 Open circuit voltage, U0 max, V Dimensions lxwxh, mm 610x250x x250x x250x445 Weight, kg 38 38,

Origo Arc 4001i MMA EQUIPMENT Robust and powerful An Origo Arc 4001i with either the A22 or A24 control panel, is your ideal partner for efficient MMA welding production indoor or outdoor,

The power source is a compact and sturdy piece of equipment with a chassis made of galvanized steel which is designed to withstand the roughest of treatment.

21 Origo Arc 4001i MMA EQUIPMENT Robust and powerful An Origo Arc 4001i with either the A22 or A24 control panel, is your ideal partner for efficient MMA welding production indoor or outdoor, installation on site and for a wide range of repair & maintenance applications. The power source is a compact and sturdy piece of equipment with a chassis made of galvanized steel which is designed to withstand the roughest of treatment. The power source is based on inverter IGBT technology that ensures reliable equipment with outstanding welding characteristics. The communications and control CAN-bus system means less cables, which in turn increases operational reliability. MMA applications Origo Arc 4001i can weld most metals from alloyed and non alloyed steel to stainless steel and cast iron. Flexibility The fundamental parts are the 400 A power module. The link between man and machine is the communicator. You can choose between two control panels (MMC) depending upon your requirements and demands. Both of them are clear, easy to understand and operate. Origo A22 is a one knob panel for setting and adjustment of welding current in MMA and TIG (LiveTIG ) and includes a digital ammeter. Origo A24 is a more sophisticated panel for MMA, TIG (LiveTIG ) and MIG/MAG (CV mode) inclusive a digital A/V-meter. Denomination Origo Arc 4001i A22 Origo Arc 4001i A24 Article _WGE _WGE Specifications Origo Arc 4001i Model Origo Arc 4001i Mains voltage V/ph, Hz 400/3, 50/60 Fuse (slow), A 25 Setting range MMA, A MIG/MAG, A TIG, A Open circuit voltage, U0 max, V Power factor at max. current 0,9 Efficiency at max. current 86 Dimensions lxwxh, mm 627x248x420 Weight, kg 39 Масса, кг 39 Диапазон температур от -10 до +40 C Класс защиты IP 23 20

Master S 400/500 Master S series MMA power sources are designed for highperformance professional welding. They offer a compact, robust and portable MMA power source with optimum energy efficiency.

22 Master S 400/500 Master S series MMA power sources are designed for highperformance professional welding. They offer a compact, robust and portable MMA power source with optimum energy efficiency. It is a perfect partner for heavy-duty welding work where the ease of use, reliability and durability are paramount. Powerful and portable MMA power source for professional workshop and site use Models available for all electrode types, including cellulosic electrodes Efficient output at 400/500 A 60% ED Robust structure for heavy-duty site use Master S series are all about ease-of-use and performance. The powerful 400 or 500 amp power source provides great welding results with pleasurable welding experience. Mains and generator powered with wide voltage network tolerance. Integrated Voltage Reduction Device (VRD) increases safety at work. All this and more in a compact and lightweight design to make transportation and site management easy. Special technology features Hot start and arc force adjust ment for optimised starts and arc control with alternative electrode types, guaranteeing flawless and stable weld pool control every time. Master S Master S Master S Master S 400 Cel including cellulose welding characteristic Master S 500 Cel including cellulose welding characteristic Master S 500 offshore For extreme conditions C1 R10 Remote control 5m m R11-T Wireless remote control Slide bars SP MMA EQUIPMENT Specifications Master S 400 S 500 Connection voltage 3~50/60 Hz V (-10 % %) V (-10 % %) Rated power at max. current 60 % ED 20 kva 26 kva Fuse (delayed) 25 A 35 A Output at 40 C MMA 60 % ED 400 A/36V 500 A/40V 100 % ED 310 A / 32.4 V 390 A / 35.6 V Output at 40 C TIG 60 % ED 400 A/26V 500 A/30V 100 % ED 310 A / 22.4 V 390 A / 25.6 V Max. welding voltage 400 A/48V 500 A/46V Open circuit voltage V V Stick electrodes mm mm Welding current control stepless stepless Power factor at 100 % Efficiency at 100 % Degree of protection IP23S IP23S Operating temperature range C C EMC class A A External dimensions L x W x H 570 x 270 x 340 mm 570 x 270 x 340 mm Weight (without cables) 20.5 kg 23.5 kg 21

23 TIG EQUIPMENT 22

24 Buddy Tig 160 The Buddy Tig 160 is a robust and durable power source for the professional welder. The machine provides state-of-the-art welding performance and reliability through use of the latest high grade IGBT technology. Designed for durability The Buddy Tig 160 is a user friendly, robust and still light weight TIG machine, offering HF start and a stick (MMA) mode. The internal electronics are cooled by a highly efficient fan for added reliability and monitored by a thermal protection system. The machine has been equipped with three heat sinks which further extending the life time of the product. The casing has been designed to withstand harsh environments and is rated to IP 23S standard. The machine incorporates both a shoulder strap and a robust carry handle. TIG welding The Buddy Tig 160 provides superior TIG welding with smooth arc characteristics. The HF arc start prevents contamination of the weld material and electrode. The built in gas valve automatically controls the gas flow ensuring a low gas consumption. The operator can chose between 2 stroke and 4 stroke torch trigger mode. The machine can weld mild steel or stainless steel with or without filler material. MMA welding The Buddy Tig 160 provides a smooth DC (Direct Current) welding power which allows you to weld most metals such as alloyed and non alloyed steel, stainless steel and cast iron. The arc force and hot start settings are adjusted automatically according to the set welding current giving excellent arc starts and welding performance across the amperage range of the machine. The Buddy Tig 160 can weld most electrodes from mm. Control panel The control panel on the Buddy Tig 160 is very easy to use with one adjustment knob to set the weld current and one to set the slope down time in TIG mode or the arc force in MMA mode. Denomination Article Buddy Tig _WGE Specifications Mains voltage V/ph Hz 230/150/60 Fuse (slow), A 16 Permitted load at 40 C, TIG 20% duty cycle, A/V 160/16,4 60% duty cycle, A/V 100/14 100% duty cycle, A/V 90/13 Permitted load at 40 C, MMA 20% duty cycle, A/V 160/26,4 60% duty cycle, A/V 100/25,2 100% duty cycle, A/V 80/24 Setting range TIG / MMA (DC), A Open circuit voltage, V 58 Phase current I 1eff (TIG), A 10,2 Phase current I 1eff (MMA), A 16,4 Dimensions lxwxh, mm 400x140x230 Weight, kg 7,5 TIG EQUIPMENT 23

25 Minarc Tig Evo 200/200 MLP TIG EQUIPMENT MinarcTig Evo is just what you d expect from a Kemppi TIG welding machine. Accurate and refined HF ignition and the necessary control, power and work capacity to reliably complete a variety of professional welding tasks. MinarcTig Evo is the ideal DC TIG welding solution for light industrial manufacturing, installation, repair and maintenance applications. The lightweight and compact size is a real bonus for welding professionals on the move. Models include either the MinarcTig Evo 200 or the MinarcTig Evo 200MLP. MinarcTig Evo (incl. earth return and welding cables and shoulder strap) MinarcTig Evo 200 TTC 220, 4 m P0640 MinarcTig Evo 200 TTC 220, 8 m P0641 MinarcTig Evo 200MLP TTC 220, 4 m P0642 MinarcTig Evo 200MLP TTC 220, 8 m P0643 MST 400 transport unit Specifications Connection voltage 1~, 50/60 Hz 230 V ±15 % (AU 240 V ±15 %) Rated power at max. current TIG 35 % ED 200 A/4.9 kva MMA 35 % ED 170 A/5.7 kva Supply current, I1max TIG 21.1 A MMA 24.8 A Supply current, I1eff TIG 12.7 A MMA 14.7 A Connection cable H07RN-F 3G1.5 (1.5 mm2, 3 m) Fuse type C 16 A Output 40 C TIG 35 % ED 200 A /18 V 60 % ED 160 A /16.4 V 100 % ED 140 A /15.6 V MMA 35 % ED 170 A /26.8 V 60 % ED 130 A /25.2 V 100 % ED 110 A /24.4 V Welding range TIG 5 A /10.2 V A /18.0 V MMA 10 A /20.4 V A /26.8 V Open circuit voltage 95 V (VRD 30 V, AU VRD 12 V) Idle power TIG 10 W MMA 30 W Power factor at 100 % ED TIG 0.99 MMA 0.99 Efficiency at 100 % ED TIG 77 % MMA 83 % Striking voltage 6.12 kv Stick electrodes, MMA mm External dimensions L x W x H 449 x 210 x 358 mm Weight (without cables) 11 kg Temperature class F (155 C) Degree of protection IP23S EMC class A Operating temperature range C Storage temperature range C Standards: IEC , IEC , IEC , IEC

26 Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC The Caddy is already a classic power source in the mobile welding equipment field. With the introduction of the Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC series and a full range of accessories, you will find the optimal solution for a wide range of TIG welding applications. Offering true portability Not only is Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC small and of low weight. Thanks to its intelligent, compact design it is easy to take along to different indoor and outdoor worksites and also to tuck away when not used, making it handy both in the workshop and on the move. Single phase mains connection makes it easy to find an electricity supply for the unit, and it works equally well when powered by a portable generator. * Thanks to the built-in PFC circuit the machine can operate with extra long mains cables, over 100 m, giving the welder a very large working radius. Impact resistant design Composite materials in combination with smart design solutions provide a durable and impact resistant machine, adapted to rough conditions. The control panel is recessed, which provides additional protection and durability. Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC has sturdy and impact resistant cable connectors with OKC 50. Improving the weld quality With the TA33 version you only need to set the plate thickness. The machine controls the rest and can be trusted to always help the welder achieve consistent, high quality welding results. Hotter or colder welds can easily be obtained by adjusting the knob. The TA34 version is designed to support and enhance the skills of the welder and enables excellent welding results to be achieved in a wide range of materials and thicknesses. The TA34 version comes with both adjustable slope up and slope down. It also comes with Micro Pulse functionality, making it easy to control the heat input and minimizing the heat affected zone. This is helpful especially on thin sheets and high tense steels. The Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC provides true MMA capability with the same capacity and features as ESAB MMA machines of the same voltage range, including the features Hot start, arc force setting, Arc Plus II* and additionally, polarity switch. Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC, TA33 AC/DC Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC, TA34 AC/DC Caddy Tig 2200i AC/DC, TA34 AC/DC _WGE _WGE _WGE Specifications Mains supply, V/Ph Hz 230/1 50/60 Hz Fuse (slow), A 16 Recommended generator size, KvA 12 Mains cable, mm2 3 x 2.5 Maximum output at 20% duty cycle, TIG, A/V 220/18,8 at 60% duty cycle, TIG, A/V 150/16,0 Setting range TIG AC/DC, A Setting range MMA, A Open circuit voltage, V DC VRD inactive VRD active <35 Power factor at maximum current, at TIG mode 0,99 Efficiency at maximum current, at TIG mode, % 66 Dimensions LxWxH, mm 418x188x345 Weight, kg 15 Enclosure class IP 23 Application class Standards Operating temperature, C -10 to +40 Water cooling unit CoolMini : Cooling capacity, W, l/min at 40 C 700/1,0 Coolant volume, l 2,2 Max flow, l/min 2 Max pressure, 50/60 Hz, bar 2.3 bar Weight, kg 6,7 External dimension, LxWxH, mm 418x188x137 MMC panels : TA34 AC/DC TA33 AC/DC Slope up, sec Slope down, sec Gas pre-flow*, sec Gas post-flow, sec Pulse -/ background time DC, sec 0,01-2,5 - MicroPulse*time, sec 0,001-0,250 - Frequency AC, Hz AC balance, % Plate thickness DC, mm - 0,1-7,3 Plate thickness AC, mm - 0,1-5,5 TIG EQUIPMENT 25

Minarc Tig 250/250 MLP TIG EQUIPMENT Refined TIG welding quality for precise applications MinarcTig 250 is the ideal DC TIG welding solution for installation, repair and maintenance applications.

27 Minarc Tig 250/250 MLP TIG EQUIPMENT Refined TIG welding quality for precise applications MinarcTig 250 is the ideal DC TIG welding solution for installation, repair and maintenance applications. The 250 amp model suits high quality work and the lightweight and compact size is a real bonus for professionals on the move around site. MinarcTig 250 is a dual-process machine, providing an impressive DC TIG and MMA welding experience. In addition to the basic 250 machine there is the 250MLP model, equipped with special features, such as Minilog and pulsed arc function. High 35 % duty cycle and light weight combine real performance advantages, plus exceptional control in low current ignition means refined TIG welding quality for precise applications. Accessories Welding cable 25 mm2 5 m Earth return cable 25 mm2 5 m MST 400 transport unit MinarcTig MinarcTig 250 TTC 160, 4 m P0607 MinarcTig 250 TTC 160, 8 m P0608 MinarcTig 250 TTC 220, 4 m P0609 MinarcTig 250 TTC 220, 8 m P0610 MinarcTig 250 MLP TTC 160, 4 m P0611 MinarcTig 250 MLP TTC 160, 8 m P0612 MinarcTig 250 MLP TTC 220, 4 m P0613 MinarcTig 250 MLP TTC 220, 8 m P0614 Specifications Connection voltage 50/60 Hz 3~, 400 V ( %) Rated power at maximum current TIG 7.2 kva MMA 8.2 kva Connection cable H07RN-F 4G1.5 (5 m) Fuse, slow 10 A Output 40 C TIG 30 % ED 250 A / 20.1 V 60 % ED 180 A / 17.2 V 100 % ED 160 A / 16.4 V MMA 35 % ED 220 A / 28.8 V 60 % ED 170 A / 26.8 V 100 % ED 150 A / 26.0 V Welding range TIG 5 A / 10.2 V A / 20.1 V MMA 10 A / 20.4 V A / 28.8 V Open circuit voltage 95 V (VRD 30V) Power factor at maximum current TIG 0.92 MMA 0.91 Efficiency at maximum current TIG 80 % MMA 86 % Stick electrode mm External dimensions L x W x H 400 x 180 x 340 mm Weight (without cables) 11 kg 26

MasterTig MLS 2300/3003 ACDC Briefly: TIG and MMA process eg: DC-/DC+/AC/MIX TIG Power cost efficient, compact dimensions MasterCool option for high duty applications MicroTack for fast, low heat

28 MasterTig MLS 2300/3003 ACDC Briefly: TIG and MMA process eg: DC-/DC+/AC/MIX TIG Power cost efficient, compact dimensions MasterCool option for high duty applications MicroTack for fast, low heat tack welding MasterTig MLS ACDC offers TIG welding professionals the necessary control to meet their exacting needs. Whatever the application, enjoy the performance. Model choice includes a 230 A version with 1-phase 230 V power supply, and 300 A version with 3-phase 230/460 V power supply. MasterTig MLS ACDC is a precise aluminium welding specialist that suits all welded materials. Modular design allows you to build the package that best suits your needs. Choose from either ACS or ACX control panels allowing fast adjustment of base parameters including: pre and post gas time control, AC arc frequency and upslope and downslope control. ACS provides all necessary controls for DC, AC and MIX TIG welding with either HF or contact ignition. ACX offers additional functions including MicroTack, memory channels and pulsed welding function. Power Sources MasterTig MLS 2300 ACDC MasterTig MLS 3003 ACDC MasterTig MLS 3003 ACDC VRD VRD (Voltage Reduction Device) Cooling units MasterCool 20 (MasterTig MLS ACDC 2300) MasterCool 30 (MasterTig MLS ACDC 3003) Control panels ACS ACX TIG EQUIPMENT Specifications MasterTig MLS 2300ACDC 3003ACDC Connection voltage 50/60 Hz 1~, 230 V (±15 %) 3~, 230 V (-10 %) V (+10 %) Rated power at 100 % ED TIG 5.7 kva 9.2 kva MMA 6.0 kva 10 kva Fuse recommendation (slow) 15 A 20/16 A Output 40 C 40 % ED TIG 230 A/19.2 V 300 A/22 V 60 % ED TIG 200 A/18V 230 A/19.2 V 100 % ED TIG 170 A/16.8 V 190 A/17.6 V 40 % ED MMA 180 A/27.2 V 250 A (230 V AC 30 %)/30 V 60 % ED MMA 150 A/26V 230 A/29.2 V 100 % ED MMA 120 A/24.8 V 190 A/27.6 V Welding range TIG 3 A/10 V-230 A/19.2 V 3 A/10.0 V-300 A/22 V MMA 10 A/20.5 V180 A/27.2 V 10 A/20.5 V-250 A/30 V Open circuit voltage 58 V DC 58 V DC AU / VRD 20 V DC/VRD - Power factor at 100% ED Efficiency at 100% ED 82 % 81 % Stick electrode, MMA mm mm External dimensions L x W x H 430 x 180 x 390 mm 500 x 180 x 390 mm Weight 15 kg 25 kg 27

MasterTig MLS 3000/4000 TIG EQUIPMENT Briefly: DC TIG and MMA power output Compact size ensures effortless mobility Excellent ignition quality, even with long TIG torches Quick pulse function

29 MasterTig MLS 3000/4000 TIG EQUIPMENT Briefly: DC TIG and MMA power output Compact size ensures effortless mobility Excellent ignition quality, even with long TIG torches Quick pulse function increases welding speed and quality Suitable for use with power generators DC equipment for industrial applications MasterTig MLS DC range has become an industry standard for many users,offering precise welding performance and lightweight, portable design. A popular choice for welding professionals, options include 300 and 400 amp power sources with 30% duty cycle at maximum output current. Choose from four control panel options, allowing you to select exactly the parameter control that s right for your welding application. MTL/MTX/MTM/MTZ control panel options contain basic and specialist functions required for quality DC TIG and MMA welding. Features can include: HF or contact ignition, pregas and post-gas control, torch switch latching 2T/4T, remote control and setup options, welding current upslope and downslope timer, MMA ignition pulse, MMA arc dynamics, pulse and synergic pulse TIG, spot timer, 4T log and memory channel function. Power Sources MasterTig 3000 MLS MasterTig 3000 MLS VRD VRD MasterTig 4000 MLS MasterTig 4000 MLS VRD VRD Cooling units MasterCool Control panels MTL MTX MTM MTZ Transport units T T T Technical specifications MasterTig MLS Connection voltage 3~ 50/60 Hz V ±10% V ±10% Rated power at 100 % ED TIG 8.4 kva 13.8 kva MMA 9.4 kva 15 kva Fuse, delayed 10 A 16 A Output 40 C 30 % ED TIG 300 A/22V 400 A/26 V 60 % ED TIG 230 A/19.2 V 320 A/22.8 V 100 % ED TIG 200 A/18V 270 A/20.8 V 40 % ED MMA 250 A/30V 350 A/34 V 60 % ED MMA 205 A/28.2 V 285 A/31.4 V 100 % ED MMA 160 A/26.4 V 220 A/28.8 V Welding range TIG 5 A/10 V A/22 V 5 A/10 V A/26 V MMA 10 A/20.5 V A/30 V 10 A/20.5 V..350 A/34 V Open circuit voltage 80 V DC 80 V DC Power factor at 100% ED Efficiency at 100% ED 86 % 86 % Stick electrode mm mm External dimensions L x W x H 500 x 180 x 390 mm 500 x 180 x 390 mm Weight 22 kg 23 kg 28

30 MasterTig AC/DC 3500W Briefly: Automatic AC balance increases the quality and speed of welding Precise penetration control based on AC frequency adjustment Reliable arc ignition and functionality A choice of three control panels suiting different customer needs Energy efficient and excellent for limited fused supplies MasterTig ACDC 3500W only requires a 20 amp 3-phase power supply, some small indication of the economy offered by this modern power source design. A maximum power output of 350 amp at 60 % duty cycle ensures you have enough power and the integral water cooling unit keeps torches cool during high duty production welding. MasterTig ACDC 3500W control panels provide all of the necessary functions needed for TIG welding. Simply choose the control level that suits your particular needs. Options include pulsed and basic versions with large clear meter displays. Standard features include: pre and post gas time control, upslope and downslope control, arc shape AC balance control, torch switch latching, remote control selection and MMA process. Safety codelock feature prevents unauthorised use of the equipment. MasterTig ACDC 3500W Control panels ACDC basic panel ACDC Minilog panel ACDC Pulse panel Transport unit T TIG EQUIPMENT Technical specifications Connection voltage 3~, 50/60 Hz 400 V (±10 %) Rated power, max. TIG 11.7 kva MMA 15.7 kva Fuse, delayed 400 V 20 A Output 40 C 60 % TIG AC 350 A/24 V 100 % TIG AC 280 A/21.2 V 60 % MMA DC 350 A/34 V 100 % MMA DC 280 A/31.2 V Welding range TIG DC 3 A/10 V A/24 V AC 10 A/10 V A/24 V MMA 10 A/20 V A/34 V Open circuit voltage AC, DC 70 V DC Power ratio at max. current 0.9 Efficiency at max. current 80 % External dimensions L x W x H 690 x 260 x 870 mm Weight 74 kg 29

31 TIG WELDING TORCH 30

32 TIG welding torch TTM, TTC, TTK Kemppi TIG torches just feel that little bit better in the hand for those quality welding tasks. Kemppi TIG torches suit a variety of equipment and are available from 4 to 16 meters in length. Manufactured using the best materials, you can trust Kemppi TIG torches to perform, allowing you to concentrate on completing beautiful looking TIG welds. The TTM range is equipped with manual gas valves to regulate the shielding gas flow, ensuring basic TIG welding tasks are easily completed. Use with MMA power sources for scratch and TouchArc TIG ignition. The TTK range fits a wide range of industrial TIG welding machines. Standard thread terminations easily connect for power, gas and water (model dependent) and every model is fitted with an ignition switch, cable and plug as standard. Technical specifications and TTM 15V 4M TTM 15V BC 4M TTC 220 GV 4M Output, DC TIG 140 A (35%) 150 A (35%) 220 A (40%) Machine connector R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 Ordering code Technical specifications and TTK TTK 130 TTK 130F TTK160 TTK160S TTK 220 TTK 220S TTK 300W TTK 350W TTK 250WS Output DC 40 % ED 130 A 130 A 160 A 160 A 220 A 220 A 300 A 350 A 250 A DC 100 % ED A 250 A 200 A AC 40 % ED 100 A 100 A 120 A 110 A 160 A 120 A 250 A 300 A 250 A AC 100 % ED A 200 A 140 A Electrodes 0 mm О Connection Gas/current R/ R/ R/ R/ R/ R/ Water/ R3/8 R3/8 R3/8 current Gas R/ R/ R/ Length/ 4 m Ordering code 8 m m The TTC range is designed for use with specific Kemppi TIG machines and available in both gas and water cooled models. TTC torches support RTC10 and RTC20 remote control units that replace the standard on/off switch with a convenient and precise remote current regulator for easy ignition and power control at distance. TTC TTC130 TTC 130F TTC 160 TTC 160S TTC 220 TTC 220S TTC 200W TTC 250W TTC 250WS Output DC 40 % ED 130 A 130 A 160 A 160 A 220 A 220 A 300 A 350 A 250 A 100 % ED A 250 A 200 A Electrodes 0 mm О Connection G a s / R/ R/ R/ R/ R/ R/ R/ R/ R/ current Water S n a p connection S n a p connection S n a p connection Length/ 4 m Ordering code 8 m m m RTC 10 ( ) and RTC 20 ( ) remote control units are available as options 31

TIG welding torch TXH TIG WELDING TORCH TXH TIG torches for the demanding welder The main characteristic of the TXH torches is above all their quality.

33 TIG welding torch TXH TIG WELDING TORCH TXH TIG torches for the demanding welder The main characteristic of the TXH torches is above all their quality. The torches and torch fittings offer a maximum amount of convenience, versatility and ergonomics. You can vary between air- or water-cooled, with or without gas-valve and with or without flexible neck to suite your individual application. Technical data TXH 121 TXH 151 TXH 201 TXH 251w TXH 401w TXH 401w HD Maximum current 35% duty cycle, A % duty cycle, A % duty cycle, A Electrode diameter, 0 mm 1,0-3,2 1,0-3,2 1,0-4,0 1,0-3,2 1,0-4,8 1,0-4,8 Self-cooled torches TXH 121,4 m OKC TXH 121,8 m OKC TXH 151,4 m OKC TXH 151,8 m OKC TXH 201,4 m OKC TXH 201,8 m OKC TXH 121,4 m OKC 25 C ** TXH 121,8 m OKC 25 C ** TXH 121,4 m OKC * TXH 121,8 m OKC TXH 151,4 m OKC * TXH 151,8 m OKC * TXH 151,4 m OKC 25 C ** TXH 151,8 m OKC 25 C ** TXH 201,4 m OKC TXH 201,8 m OKC * Only Origo Tig 150 ** Only Caddy Tig 150 With gas valve TXH 121V 4 m OKC TXH 121V, 8 m OKC TXH 151V 4 m OKC TXH 151V 8 m OKC TXH 151V 4 m OKC TXH 151V 8 m OKC TXH 201V 4 m OKC TXH 201V 8 m OKC With current adjustment* TXH 121r, 4 m OKC TXH 121r, 8 m OKC TXH 151r, 4 m OKC TXH 151r, 8 m OKC TXH 201r, 4 m OKC TXH 201r, 8 m OKC With flexible head TXH 121F, 4 m OKC TXH 121F, 8 m OKC TXH 121F, 4 m OKC TXH 121F, 8 m OKC TXH 151F, 4 m OKC TXH 151F, 8 m OKC TXH 151F, 4 m OKC TXH 151F, 8 m OKC TXH 201F, 4 m OKC TXH 201F, 4 m OKC TXH 201F, 8 m OKC With flexible head and current adjustment* TXH 121Fr, 4 m OKC TXH 121Fr, 8 m OKC TXH 151Fr, 4 m OKC TXH 151Fr, 8 m OKC TXH 201Fr, 4 m OKC With flexible head TXH 251wF, 4 m OKC TXH 251wF, 4 m OKC With current adjustment TXH 251wr, 4 m OKC TXH 251wr, 8 m OKC TXH 401wr, 4 m OKC TXH 401wr, HD 4 m OKC TXH 401wr, 8 m OKC TXH 401wr HD, 8 m OKC Water cooled torches TXH 251w, 4 m OKC TXH 251w, 8 m OKC TXH 401w, 4 m OKC TXH 401w, 8 m OKC TXH 401w HD, 4 m OKC TXH 401w HD, 8 m OKC

34 TIG welding torch ABITIG ABITIG series - welding torch with gas and liquid cooling. ABITIG Series is a modification of the well-known throughout the world the SR series, in which, by introducing the principle of sequential assembly of modules, components systematically. Arguments speaking for themselves: ergonomic handle lightweight, flexible hose package parts meet international standards in the handle provides modular switching function and control of 110 to 200 A (at 35% ED) - gas cooling of 220 to 450 A (at 100% ED) - liquid cooling ABITIG TIG WELDING TORCH Technical data and order information Gas cooling welding torches Ordering code Model Technical data Load _WGBIN ABTIG-17 V, 4m mm2 35% ED, WØ= mm 140A DС/100A AC _WGBIN ABTIG-17 V, 4m mm2 35% ED, WØ= mm 140A DС/100A AC _WGBIN ABTIG-26, 4m, GRIP 35% ED, WØ= mm 180A DС/130A AC _WGBIN ABTIG-26, 8m, GRIP 35% ED, WØ= mm 180A DС/130A AC _WGBIN ABTIG-26V, 4m 35% ED, WØ= mm 180A DС/130A AC Technical data and order information Water cooling welding torches Ordering code Model Technical data Load _WGBIN ABTIG-18, 4m 100% ED, WØ= mm 320A DС/230A AC _WGBIN ABTIG-18, 8m 100% ED, WØ= mm 320A DС/230A AC 7T5_WGBIN ABTIG-450W, 4m 60% ED, WØ= mm 420A DС/300A AC 100% ED WØ= mm 400A DC/280A AC 33

35 MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT 34

Caddy Mig C160i/C200i EXPERIENCE A NEW LEVEL OF MOBILITY Compact. light and powerful. Caddy Mig C160i/C200i welding inverter is a perfect companion for your travels.

36 Caddy Mig C160i/C200i EXPERIENCE A NEW LEVEL OF MOBILITY Compact. light and powerful. Caddy Mig C160i/C200i welding inverter is a perfect companion for your travels. Sling the carrying strap over your shoulder and go on to the next job. This go-anywhere welding unit offers industrial welding capacity even in the most remote of locations. Whether you choose the Caddy Mig C160i or the intelligent C200i, your new partner will exceed your expectations. From light metal structures, Auto-body repair, workshop or site maintenance and installation. To tough demanding agricultural and industrial applications, the Caddy MIG is robust, efficient, reliable and user-friendly. Caddy MIG is powered by single -phase 230V and can be connected to either mains electrical power or power provided by a generator without any issue. Caddy Mig C160i Caddy Mig C200i _WGE _WGE MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT The simplest way to obtain excellent high grade welds: Just select the material thickness and start welding. Or even easier still, Caddy MIG 200 with QSet. Technical data Caddy Mig C160i Caddy Mig C200i Mains supply, V / ph 230 / / 1 Fuse, slow, A Auto-fuse (MCB) EN B, A Power requested from generator*, kva Setting range, A Open circuit voltage, V Open circuit voltage, W Power factor Efficiency at max power, % Wire feed speed, m/min Dimensions, LxWxH, mm 449 x 198 x x 198 x 347 Weight, Kg Enclosure class IP23 IP23 Application class S S Maximum output at 40 C 25% duty cycle, A % duty cycle, A % duty cycle, A Usable wire diameters, mm Mild steels 0,8 0,6-1,0 Stainless steels --- 0,6-1,0 Cored wires 0,8 0,8 Aluminium 1.0 Brazing CuSi wires

REBEL EMP 215ic MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT REBEL SERIES WELDING MACHINES DUAL INPUT VOLTAGE MACHINES FOR MIG/MMA/ LIFT TIG The Rebel Series Welding Machines offer 120/230V flexibility and some of the most

37 REBEL EMP 215ic MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT REBEL SERIES WELDING MACHINES DUAL INPUT VOLTAGE MACHINES FOR MIG/MMA/ LIFT TIG The Rebel Series Welding Machines offer 120/230V flexibility and some of the most innovative welding technology available. A breakthrough design inspired by professional welders, the Rebel is a complete package to weld anything mild steel, aluminium, stainless steel and go anywhere. Choose from 2 models: Rebel EMP 215ic for MIG/MMA/Lift TIG Rebel EM 215ic for MIG (coming soon) True multi-process performance for best-in-class MIG, Flux-cored, MMA, including challenging electrodes, and Lift TIG welding with Rebel EMP 215ic Exclusive smig («smart MIG») feature continuously learns and adapts to the operator s welding technique to provide a stable arc and superior, repeatable welds; increases productivity for the experienced welder, and reduces training time for novice welders. Innovative user interface with a large TFT display to provide a clear view of the weld parameters and settings, also from a distance. The display is loaded with exclusive features: on-demand availability of the user s manual, listing of spare parts all in multiple languages. Unique, five-handle roll cage industrial design and unibody steel construction in a lightweight, highly portable unit; 3-year handle-to-handle warranty Rebel EMP 215ic comes ready-to-weld with professional-grade ESAB MXL 200 MIG torch with euro connector, electrode and return cable kits, 200 mm spool OK Aristorod mm wire, 4,5 m gas hose with quick connector, contact tips and drive rolls for mm wire. Ordering Information Rebel EMP 215ic for MIG/MMA/Lift TIG Package Rebel EMP 215ic comes ready-to-weld with ESAB MXL 200 MIG torch, electrode and return cable kits, 200 mm spool OK Aristorod ,8 mm wire, 4.5 m gas hose with quick connector, contact tips and drive rolls for 0,6 1,0 mm wire. Specifications Primary Voltage 115/230 VAC Supply Voltage Range VAC Number of Phases 1 Supply Frequency 50/60 Hz Supply Plug 230 V, Schuko 16A plug Rated kva 4.5 kva (120 V), 7 kva (230 V) Mains Cable 3 m 3x2,5 mm2 H07RN-F Maximum Output 240 A MIG Welding Output 25% Duty Cycle 205 A/24.3 V (230 V) 20% Duty Cycle 130 A/20.5 V (120 V) MMA Welding Output 25% Duty Cycle 180 A/27.2 V (230 V) 40% Duty Cycle 90 A/23.6 V (120 V) TIG Welding Output 30% Duty Cycle 180 A/17.2 V (230 V) 40% Duty Cycle 130 A/15.2 V (120 V) Current Range A (230 V), A (120 V) MIG Welding Voltage Range V Wire Feed Speed Range m/min Nominal OCV Volt/DC 68 V Maximum Plate Thickness 9.5 mm Wire Diameter Range: Mild Steel mm Stainless Steel Aluminum Flux Cored Wire Spool Size Approvals Protection Class Power Source Dimensions, Lx W x H Power Source Weight mm mm mm 100 mm, 200 mm CSA: E CE: IEC/EN , 5, 7, 10, 12 & 13. RoHS IP23S 584 x 229 x 406 mm 18.2 kg 36

38 MinarcMig Evo 170/200 MinarcMig Evo machines pack huge MIG/MAG welding capacity and quality into their portable, compact size. Choose from either 200 A or 170 A models, delivering their welding power at 35 % duty cycle from a 16 A, 1-phase mains supply. MinarcMig Evo delivers premium results wherever your work takes you. MinarcMig Evo 200 offers Automatic and Manual mode setup for precise welding quality and arc ignition, monitored and controlled by Kemppi s adaptive arc regulation system. MinarcMig Evo 170 offers manual setting only, with separate controls for voltage and wire feed speed. Each model features a large graphical interface guiding the user during set-up and with MinarcMig Evo 200 you can simply set the plate thickness and weld, including materials selection for ferrous, stainless steel, aluminum and CuSi brazing filler wires, satisfying a wide variety of industrial applications. MinarcMig Evo (incl. gun, cables, gas hose and shoulder strap) MinarcMig Evo MinarcMig Evo MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT MinarcMig Evo Connection voltage 1~, 50/60 Hz 230 V (± 15 %) 230 V (± 15 %) Connection voltage (AU) 1~, 50/60 Hz 240 V (± 15 %) 240 V (± 15 %) Rated power at max. current 35 % ED 170 A/4.8 kva 200 A/6.2 kva Supply current 35 % ED I1max 20,3 A 26.2 A 100 % ED I1eff 10,1 A 13.2 A Connection cable H07RN-F 3G1.5 (1.5 mm2, 3 m) 3G1.5(1.5 mm2, 3 m) Fuse type C 16 A 16 A Output 40 C 35% ED 170 A/24 V 200 A/24 V 60% ED 140 A/21 V 160 A/22 V 100% ED 100 A/20 V 120 A/20 V Welding range 20 A/15 V A/ 24 V 20 A/15 V A/ 26 V No-load voltage 74 V 74 V Idle power 12 W fan off, 21 W fan on 12 W fan off, 26 W fan on Voltage steps 0.1 V 0.1 V Power factor at max. current Efficiency at 100 % ED 80 % 82 % Filler wires 0 Fe solid wire mm mm Fe cored wire mm mm Ss mm Al 1.0 mm CuSi mm Wire feed speed adjustment range 1.12 m/min 1.13 m/min Wire spool max mm / 5 kg 200 mm / 5 kg Shielding gases CO2, Ar + CO2 mixed CO2, Ar, Ar + CO2 mixed External dimensions L x W x H 450 x 227 x 368 mm 450 x 227 x 368 mm Weight (incl. gun and cables 3.0 kg) 13 kg 13 kg Temperature class F (155 C) F (155 C) EMC class A A Degree of protection IP23S IP23S Operating temperature range C C Storage temperature range C C Standards: IEC , IEC , IEC , IEC

Kempact RA MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Designed for the modern welding workshop, Kempact RA expresses stylish and purposeful design through high build quality and functional user benefits, making weld tasks

39 Kempact RA MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Designed for the modern welding workshop, Kempact RA expresses stylish and purposeful design through high build quality and functional user benefits, making weld tasks productive, accurate and efficient. Kempact RA is built on Kemppi s latest power source platform, ensuring optimal welding performance and excellent power cost efficiency. Eleven model options include 180, 250 and 320 ampere power sources, including a choice of either Regular (R) or Adaptive (A) control panel interface, which serve the wide ranging needs of metal fabrication workshops. Delivery specification includes welding gun and earth return lead pack. New technology features include reduced energy costs of more than 10 % when compared to conventional step controlled power sources, Brights cabinet lighting for easy wire loading in low light conditions, WireLine service alert function that signals routine wire-path maintenance needs, plus the integrated GasMate chassis design, making gas cylinder loading and machine movement easy and safe. Whichever model you select, Kempact RA ensures you get the most from every welding task. Kempact RA Kempact 253R, FE 27, 3.5m P2207 Kempact 253R, FE 27, 5m P2208 Kempact 253A, FE 32, 3.5m P2209 Kempact 253A, FE 32, 5m P2210 Kempact 323R, FE 32, 3.5m P2211 Kempact 323R, FE 32, 5m P2212 Kempact 323A, FE 32, 3.5m P2213 Kempact 323A, FE 32, 5m P2214 Carbon electrode holder Carbon electrode Kempact 253R, 253A 323R, 323A Connection voltage 3~, 50/60 Hz 400V (±15 %) 3~, 50/60 Hz 400V (±15 %) Rated power at max. current 35 % ED I1max (250 A) 8.5 kva 35 % ED I1max (320 A) 12 kva Supply current 35 % ED I1max (250 A) 11.9 A 35 % ED I1max (320 A) 17.2 A 100 % ED I1eff (150 A) 6.1 A 100 % ED I1eff (190 A) 8.2 A Connection cable H07RN-F 4G1.5 (1.5 mm2, 5 m) H07RN-F 4G1.5 (1.5 mm2, 5 m) Fuse Type C 10A Type C 10A Welding range 10 V / 20 A - 31 V / 250 A 10 V / 20 A V / 320 A Power factor at max. 250 A / 26.5 V A / 30 V 0.94 Efficiency at 100% ED 150 A / 21.5 V A / 23.5 V 0.86 Wire feed speed adjustment m/min m/min range Voltage adjustment range V V External dimensions L x W x H 623 x 579 x 1070 mm L x W x H 623 x 579 x 1070 mm Weight (without gun and 44 kg 44 kg cables) EMC class A A Standards: IEC , IEC , IEC

40 Aristo Mig 4004i Pulse The Aristo 4004i Pulse power source provides substantially improved arc welding performance. This multi-process welding package features the latest inverter technology to efficiently weld mild steel, stainless steel and aluminum using solid or flux-cored wire. Considerable improved power factor 0.94 and a efficiency of 88%. This gives you minimized energy consumption and offers significant reductions in your energy cost under the similar welding conditions. Complete integration with WeldCloud online management platform. Pulse functionality reduces heat input and minimizes spatter Up to 250 pre-programmed synergic lines (U82 Plus) QSet intelligent welding system Crater filling and adjustable burn back time Pre and post gas flows ESAB LogicPump prevents overheating of the torch TrueArcVoltage system measures the correct arc voltage at the contact tip (together with ESAB torches). Aristo Mig 4004i Pulse Specifications Mains Voltage V Number of Phases 3 ph Supply Frequency 50/60 Hz Fuse Slow 20 A Welding Output 300 A / 29 V at 100% Duty Cycle 400 A / 34 V at 60% Duty Cycle Setting Range MIG/MAG & MMA A Setting Range TIG A Open Circuit Coltage 55 V Open Circuit Voltage VRD <35 V Rated kva 25.2 kva Energy Save Mode 40 W Efficiency at Max Current 88% Power Factor at Max Current 0.94 Dimensions L x W x H 610x250x445 mm Weight with / without COOL 1 58 kg / 44.5 kg Operating Temperature -10 to +40 C Enclosure Class IP23 Application Class S Insulation Class H Certification Mark (Standards) CE Recommended Mains Cable Cross Section AWG 10, (4x 4,0 mm2) COOL 1 Water Cooling Unit (Optional) Supply Voltage 24 VDC Cooling Capacity 1.3 kw Coolant Volume 4.5 l Max Flow 3.0 l/min Max Pressure 4.5 bar Max Torch Height 8.5 m Weight with / without Coolant 16,5 kg / 12 kg Dimensions incl. filler tube L x W x H 610 x 256 x 256 mm MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT 39

WARRIOR 400i/500i CC/CV MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Features Multi-Process - including MMA, MIG/MAG, LiveTig and Arc Gouging gives you the flexibility at work: Flux-Cored and Solid wire, 0.8-1.6 mm.

41 WARRIOR 400i/500i CC/CV MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Features Multi-Process - including MMA, MIG/MAG, LiveTig and Arc Gouging gives you the flexibility at work: Flux-Cored and Solid wire, mm. Carbon Arc Gouging up to 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) (cellulosic) capability. High Duty cycle - For long runs and various applications giving high productivity. Durable and rugged - IP23 rating for outdoor and indoor use in rough environment. Easy to use - Simple and clear user interface for everyone to get started quickly. Robust and ergonomic handles - Also for mechanical lifting. Sun friendly display - easy to read outdoor. Inverter technology - Smaller, lighter and less energy cost, gives you value for money. Generator compatible - For flexible use in different job sites. Automatic Hot Start/Variable Arc Control - To support your different demands. Wide input voltage range to support regional requirements. Functionality SCT Technology give you an automatic burnback function that after every stop leaves the wire-end in perfect shape ready for next start. The TrueArcVoltage System, in combination with an ESAB PSF torch, guarantees that you will weld with the correct arc voltage independent of any voltage drop in the welding cables. This means that you will get the same arc voltage and weld result regardless of whether you are using a short connection cable or extended cables with up to a 35 meter working radius. WARRIOR 400i CC/CV, В WARRIOR 500i CC/CV, В Technical data Warrior 400i CC/CV 500i CC/CV Mains Supply, 3 ph 50/60HZ, , +/-10% , +/-10% V Mains cable, 0 mm2 4 x 6 4 x 6 Fuse, slow A, Maximum load at: 100% duty cycle A/V, 3ph 300/32 400/36 60% duty cycle A/V, 3ph 400/36 500/40 Setting range A MIG/MAG MMA TIG Open circuit voltage, V Idle Power, W Efficiency at max. current, % Power factor at max current Enclosure class IP23 IP23 Dimensions (l x w x h) mm 712x325x x325x470 with cooling unit l( x w x h) 712x325x x325x700 mm Weight, kg with cooling unit excl coolant, kg Operating Temperature, C Application class S S 40

42 MIG 406 WM digit Description Three phased MIG/MAG welding machines, step controlled, with separated wire feeder. Primary and secondary parameters visible on 2 displays with welding current and welding voltage simultaneous reading. Allows welding of all steel types all stainless steel, aluminium and copper alloys and fluxed core wires. Suitable for medium and heavy metal construction, repair shops and naval shipyards. MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Technical data Input voltage (V) 3x400 Frequency (Hz) 50/60 Max. primary current 230V/400V (A) 40/23 No load voltage (V) Current adjustment (A) (400/31.7V) Duty cycle (60% A) 350 Duty cycle (100% A) 270 Wire diameter (mm) Adjustment positions 28 Protection degree IP 21 Insulating class H Weight (Kg) 126,5 Dimensions with feeder (cm) 134x41x96 MIG 406 WM digit PA06ELJ017C_WGEL 41

Kempact MIG 2530/ Pulse 3000 MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Briefly: Basic MIG/MAG model Synergic pulsed model 4-roll wire drive system Electronic power regulation Maximum output at 40 % duty cycle Light weight:

43 Kempact MIG 2530/ Pulse 3000 MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Briefly: Basic MIG/MAG model Synergic pulsed model 4-roll wire drive system Electronic power regulation Maximum output at 40 % duty cycle Light weight: 22 kg Suitable for power generator use Applications Thin sheet metal fabrication workshops Car repair Agriculture Shipyards and offshore industry Installation and set-up Repair and maintenance Kempact 2530 is 70 % lighter in weight than traditional step regulated machines. Electronic control of voltage and wire speed allows arc tuning during the weld process, so you can quickly establish the desired weld settings. Includes gun trigger latching and wire inch function. Applications Thin sheet metal fabrication workshops Car repair Agriculture Shipyards and offshore industry Installation and set-up Repair and maintenance Kempact Pulse 3000 features synergic, pulsed and double-pulsed welding. Standard programs suit a variety of materials including Fe, FeMc, FeFc, St/St, Alu, CuSi3, CuAl8 fillers wires. Simply select the filler wire type, size and plate thickness and weld. For those regular welding jobs there s even a 100 channel memory function. When the heat is on, keep your gun cool with KempactCool 10. Optional fit for Kempact Pulse 3000 only. Kempact MIG 2530 (Incl. earth return cable (35 mm2, 5 m) and gas hose 6 m) Gun holder GH Earth return cable 35 mm2 5 m Transport units ST 7 (power source + gas cylinder) P KFH 1000 feeder hanger Welding boom Incl. KFH 1000 feeder hanger Wire feeder hanging device Kempact Pulse KempactCool Earth return cable 5 m, 35 mm

44 Kempact MIG 2530/ Pulse 3000 Technical specifications Kempact MIG 2530 Pulse 3000 Connection voltage 3~, 50/60 Hz V ±10% 400 V (±15 %) Rated power 12 kva 12 kva Connection cable H07RN-F 4G1.5 (5 m) 4G1.5 (5 m) Fuse, delayed 16 A 16 A Output 40 C 40 % ED 250 A/26.5 V 250 A/26.5 V 60 % ED 207 A/24V 207 A/24 V 100 % ED 160 A/22V 160 A/22V Open circuit voltage V 56 V Power factor at max. current Efficiency at max. current 87 % 84 % Welding range 20A/15 V - 250A/26.5 V 20A/15 V - 250A/26.5 V Wire feed speed 1.18 m/min Wire spool max mm 300 mm Wire feed mechanism 4-roll 4-roll Filler wires 0 (mm) Fe, Ss Cored wire Al CuSi External dimensions (mm) L x W x H 580 x 280 x x 280 x 440 Weight 20 kg 22 kg MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT KempactCool 10 Operating voltage 50/60 Hz 400 V ( %) Rated power 100 % ED 250 W Cooling power 1.0 kw Maximum pressure 450 kpa Recommended cooling liquid % ethanol/water Tank volume 3 l External dimensions (mm) L x W x H 580 x 280 x 300 mm Weight 13 kg 43

Fast Mig M 320/420 MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Briefly: Modular design Two package options: Regular and Synergic Multi-voltage power supply version available WiseFusion option for easy and efficient welding

45 Fast Mig M 320/420 MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Briefly: Modular design Two package options: Regular and Synergic Multi-voltage power supply version available WiseFusion option for easy and efficient welding out of position All Wise optimisation products MasterTig LT 250 and ArcFeed connection in power source with optional AS kit SuperSnake sub feeder for extended reach MagTrac F 61 welding carriage for improved productivity Applications Offshore and shipyards Metal workshops Construction Top welding performance for industrial MIG/MAG welding Welding equipment optimised to your production FastMig M series is a combination of modularity, ease of use and wide range of usage. These machines pack huge duty cycle performance into compact lean dimensions and weight, increasing productivity and work site mobility. In industrial MIG/MAG welding, FastMig M is the well known high-technology alternative. Its control technology ensures excellent arc ignition and welding performance, so you spend more time welding and less time removing spatter. There are two product package options from which you can select the optimal for your welding application: the synergic package for demanding advanced use, and the regular one for basic use. Whenever your application changes, you can update your FastMig M setup to go along with your production needs. Boost your welding performance with auxiliary options Take a step onto a new level of welding productivity: Combine the welding power of your FastMig M with the speed and reliability of Kemppi s MagTrac F 61 welding carriage. To take the welding productivity one step further, you can combine your FastMig M and MagTrac F 61 setup with the WiseFusion welding optimisation function. This is a welding combination that delivers quality welds with a very low heat input, resulting in significant reduction in straightening and other after work costs. It has been calculated that this solution can reduce your after work costs by up to 20 %. Furthermore, the FastMig M solution offers a wide selection of remote control devices to make the welder s work more efficient and productive. And if you need more reach, you can connect the SuperSnake sub feeder, which gives you up to 30 meters wider work range. FastMig M is a strong and reliable workhorse no matter which package you choose: Regular or Synergic. You can choose either regular or synergic way of controlling the welding parameter values on your machine. Both control modes are available for any power source and wire feeder combination. You can choose your wire feeder and control panel combination according to your present welding needs, and if your application changes later on, you can always refresh your FastMig M system with new power levels, wire feeder options and welding software. Choice of wire feeders You have a choice of three wire feeder models to go with your Regular or Synergic FastMig M package. FastMig MXF 63 is a small and light version for 200 mm wire spools, whereas MXF 65 and MXF 67 models fit 300 mm wire spools. FastMig MXF 67 has an extra strong dual-skin plastic casing. 44

Fast Mig M 320/420 Technical data FastMig M 320 FastMig M 420 Connection voltage 3~, 50/60 Hz 400 V -15 %...+20 % 400 V -15 %.

46 Fast Mig M 320/420 Technical data FastMig M 320 FastMig M 420 Connection voltage 3~, 50/60 Hz 400 V -15 % % 400 V -15 % % Rated power 60 % ED - 20 kva 100 % ED 15 kva 18 kva Output 40 C 60 % ED A 100 % ED 320 A 380 A Welding current and voltage range MMA 15 A/20 V A/45 V 15 A/20 V A/44 V MIG 20 A/12 V A/45 V 20 A/12 V A/44 V Max. welding voltage 45 V 45 V Open circuit voltage MMA U0 = V Uav = 50V U0 = V Uav = 50V Open circuit voltage MIG/MAG U0 = V U0 = V Idle power 25 W 25 W Efficiency at max. current 88 % 89 % Power factor at max. current Operating temperature range C C Storage temperature range C C Degree of protection IP23S IP23S EMC class A A External dimensions 590 x 230 x 430 mm 590 x 230 x 430 mm Weight 34 kg 35 kg MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Power sources FastMig M FastMig M Wire feeders MXF 65 EL To be used with MS panels EL MXF 67 EL To be used with MS panels EL MXF 63 EL To be used with MS panels EL MXF 65 To be used with MR panels MXF 67 To be used with MR panels MXF 63 To be used with MR panels Panels for wire feeders FastMig MR 200 Regular panel FastMig MR 300 Regular panel FastMig MS 200 Synergic panel FastMig MS 300 Synergic panel

FastMig X MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Briefly: Multi-process power solution: MIG, 1-MIG, pulsed MIG, MMA, and TIG Arc Mobile Control brings flexible way to use and control the welding machine WiseRoot+ for

47 FastMig X MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Briefly: Multi-process power solution: MIG, 1-MIG, pulsed MIG, MMA, and TIG Arc Mobile Control brings flexible way to use and control the welding machine WiseRoot+ for optimized root welding WiseThin + for optimized sheet and position welding: Mixed gas quality with lower cost CO2 shielding gas Precise arc voltage function measures and shows the actual arc voltage on the display Save time by combining two wire feeders on the same power source for alternative filler wires SuperSnake subfeeder connectivity for maximum reach Applications Machine manufacturing Transportation Oil & gas sector: Offshore and onshore pipelines & rigs Power Industry Tanks & pressure vessels Steel structures Intelligent, flexible, upgradable Kemppi s FastMig X product series offers highly specialized welding solutions and superior welding quality for demanding industrial applications. It features three alternative high-end configuration recommentations for three different purposes: FastMig X Regular for robust workshop use a MIG/MAG pulse welding, mainly for welding thick plates, FastMig X Pipe for pipe and root welding and FastMig X Intelligent for demanding welding applications, for all metals and processes, including welding of thin sheets. All three configuration options are fully upgradable and can be optimized for specific welding applications by choosing suitable software packages and applications. All configurations are equipped with either the FastMig X 350 or the FastMig X 450 power source, which is a multi-process CC/CV power source that is ideal for synergic and pulsed MIG/ MAG welding, MMA welding, and TIG welding. Used in configuration with WFX wire feeders, they form a welding system that easily meets every welding need and the quality management requirements of any metal fabrication workshop. Additionally, all three configurations come with the Cool X cooling unit. FastMig X series is highly versatile. For example, it enables you to connect two wire feeders, allowing a very rapid change in welding processes, filler wire type, and wire size. The Wise solutions provide further flexibility for specific welding applications: for example, WiseRoot+ meets the special requirements of root welding, and exact arc voltage measurement provides easy and precise control of the device. Arc voltage measurement (available in all FastMig X models) ensures that the set WPS parameters are always kept, regardless of the length of the welding cables. Depending on your needs, you have the option to use and upgrade any of the software packages 1,2 or 3, each packed with more features and functions. The system is designed to fulfil the strict demands of the ISO 3834, NORSOK, ASME, and EN 1090 manufacturing standards. Combine your FastMig X welding quality and Kemppi s state-of-the-art quality management solutions to meet the highest welding standards in your production. FastMig X Regular Basic Pulse MIG/MAG welding Robust thick metal plates FastMig X Pipe Specially designed for pipe welding Also suitable for plates, root welding from one side FastMig X Intelligent For any metal and process Also for thin sheet Copypaste settings from one welding machine to another Monitor, control, and adjust welding parameters and settings. 46

48 FastMig X Technical data FastMig X Connection voltage 3~50/60 Hz 400 V ( %) 400 V, % Rated power 60 % ED 22.1 kva 80 % ED 16.0 kva 100 % ED 15.3 kva 16.0 kva Output 40 C 60 % ED 450 A 80 % ED 350 A 100 % ED 330 A 350 A Welding current and voltage MMA 15 A/20 V A/46 V 15 A/20 V A/46 V range MIG 20 A/12 V A/46 V 20 A/12 V A/46 V Max. welding voltage MMA 46 V 46 V Open circuit voltage MMA U0 = V, Uav = 50V U0 = V, Uav= 50V MIG/MAG, Pulse U0 = V U0 = V Open circuit power 100 W 100 W Power factor at max. current Efficiency at max. current 87 % 87 % Operating temperature range C C Storage temperature range C C EMC class A A Degree of protection IP23S IP23S External dimensions L x W x H 590 x 230 x 430 mm 590 x 230 x 430 mm Weight 38 kg 38 kg MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT FastMig X FastMig X 450 power source FastMig X 450 power source No control panel FastMig X 350 power source FastMig X 350 power source No control panel

49 MIG 506WM synergic MIG/MAG EQUIPMENT Description Three phase MIG/MAG welding machines, step controlled, with integrated or separated wire feeder. Synergic with pre-programmed Migwelding jobs for steel, stainless steel, aluminium and flux cored wires. Primary and secondary parameters visible on a digital display and adjustable by a single button. Suitable for welding of all steel types, stainless steel, aluminium and copper alloys and flux cored wires. For medium and heavy metal construction, repair shops and naval shipyards. MIG 506WM synergic PA06ELK038C_WGEL Technical data Input voltage (V) 3x400 Frequency (Hz) 50/60 Max. primary current MMA/TIG (A) 61/35 No load voltage (V) 18,5-42,9 Current adjustment (A) (500/34,6V) Duty cycle (60% A) 450 Duty cycle (100% A) 350 Wire diameter (mm) Wire speed (m/mm) Welding programs 19 Adjustment positions 40 Spot welding time (sec) 0-10 Post gas time (sec) 0-10 Protection degree IP 21 Insulating class H Weight (Kg) 184,5 Dimensions with feeder (cm) 146x51x105 48

50 MIG/MAG TORCHES 49

MIG/MAG torches FE, MMT, PMT MIG/MAG TORCHES The best combination of weight and balance ensures welding craftsmen comfortably deliver their skill weld after weld.

51 MIG/MAG torches FE, MMT, PMT MIG/MAG TORCHES The best combination of weight and balance ensures welding craftsmen comfortably deliver their skill weld after weld. Choose from a wide range of Euro connected MIG/MAG welding guns in a variety of lengths from 3 to 8 meters. Technical specifications and ordering information FE FE 20 FE 25 FE 27 FE 32 FE 35 FE 42 Load capacity, 35 % 200A 250 A 270 A 320 A 350 A 420 A Ar + CO2 Cooling Gas Gas Gas Gas Gas Gas Filler wires 0 mm ,8 1,6 0,8 1,6 0,8 1,6 Length / 3.5 m Ordering code 5 m MMT MMT 25 MMT 27 MMT 32 MMT 35 MMT 42 MMT 42C MMT 30W MMT 42W MMT 52W Load capacity, 35 % 250 A 270 A 320 A 350 A 420 A Ar + CO2 100 % A 300 A 400 A 500 A Cooling Gas Gas Gas Gas Gas Gas Water Water Water Filler wires 0 mm Length / 3 m MMT MMT MMT MMT MMT MMT MMT MMT Ordering code 4.5 m MMT MMT MMT MMT MMT MMT MMT MMT PMT PMT 25 PMT 27 PMT 32 PMT 35 PMT 42 PMT 30W PMT 42W PMT 52W Load capacity, Ar 35 % 250 A 270 A 320 A 350 A 420 A + CO2 100 % 300 A 400 A 500 A Cooling Gas Gas Gas Gas Gas Water Water Water Filler wires 0 mm Length / 3 m Ordering code 4.5 m WS WS25 WS30W WS42W MMG MMG 20 MMG 22 Load capacity, Ar + CO2 300 A/35 % 250 A/100 % 300 A/100 % 180A (25 %) 180 A (25 %) Cooling Gas Water Water Gas Gas Filler wires Ss Fe mm Al (1.6) 1.2 (1.6) Ss, Al Ordering codes 6 m, Al A A A12 3 m m Ss S S S10 6 m Ss S S12 8 m, Al A A12 Wire liners: 8 m Ss S S10 MMG 22 0,6.1,0 mm (Fe) m Ss S S12 0,8.1,0mm (Ss. Al)

MIG/MAG torches PSF Professional welding torches MIG / MAG Welding torches ergonomically shaped Ball joint in the handle Spin-gas nozzles Spring-loaded contact pins Possible values of length 3 or 4.

52 MIG/MAG torches PSF Professional welding torches MIG / MAG Welding torches ergonomically shaped Ball joint in the handle Spin-gas nozzles Spring-loaded contact pins Possible values of length 3 or 4.5 m The burner with tap PSF Centrovac gas PSF RS3- switches with 3 programs The supply mouthpieces CuCrZr with a long service life The supply mouthpieces HELIX for fully automated welding MIG/MAG TORCHES Technical data PSF torch Max current Wire diameter (mm) Weight (kg) CO2 MIX Fe SS Cored wire Al 3 м 4,5 m PSF A 60 % 225A 60 % 0,6-1,0 0,6-1,0 1,0 1,0 1,8 2,5 PSF A 60 % 285A 60 % 0,8-1,2 0,8-1,2 1,0-1,2 1,0-1,2 2,5 3,3 PSF A 60 % 325A 60 % 0,8-1,6 0,8-1,2 1,0-1,6 1,0-1,6 3,1 4,2 PSF A 60 % 410A 60 % 1,0-1,6 1,0-1,6 1,0-2,4 1,2-2,4 3,9 5,3 PSF 410w 400A 100 % 350A 100 % 0,8-1,6 0,8-1,2 1,0-1,6 1,0-1,6 3,0 3,9 PSF 510w 500A 100 % 440A 100 % 1,0-1,6 1,0-1,6 1,0-2,4 1,2-2,4 3,3 4,0 PSF 250c 250A 60 % 225A 60 % 0,6-1,0 0,6-1,0 1,0 1,0 3,5 5,0 PSF 315CLD 315A 60 % 285A 60 % 0,8-1,2 0,8-1,2 1,0-1,2 1,0-1,2 4,3 5,4 PSF 405C 380A 60 % 325A 60 % 0,8-1,6 0,8-1,2 1,0-1,6 1,0-1,6 4,6 6,8 PSF 410Cw 400A 100 % 350A 100 % 0,8-1,6 0,8-1,2 1,0-1,6 1,0-1,6 4,0 6,2 Order information Named PSF, air cooled PSF 250, 3,0 м PSF 250, 4,5 м PSF 305, 3,0 м PSF 305, 4,5 м PSF 405, 3,0 м PSF 405, 4,5 м PSF 505, 3,0 м PSF 505, 4,5 м PSF with water cooled PSF 410w, 3,0 м PSF 410w, 4,5 м PSF 510w, 3,0 м PSF 510w, 4,5 м Code _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE PSF with a tap of the gas PSF 50C, 3,0 м _WGE PSF 250C, 4,5 м _WGE PSF 315CLD, 3,0 м _WGE PSF 315CLD, 4,5 м _WGE PSF 405C, 3,0 м _WGE PSF 405C, 4,5 м _WGE PSF 410Cw, 3,0 м _WGE PSF 410Cw, 4,5 м _WGE PSF with 3 switches programs PSF 405 RS3, 4,5 м _WGE PSF 410w RS3, 3,0 м _WGE PSF 410w RS3, 4,5 м _WGE PSF 510w RS3, 3,0 м _WGE PSF 510w RS3, 4,5 м _WGE PSF 410Cw RS3, 3,0 м _WGE PSF 410Cw RS3, 4,5 м _WGE 51

MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT Welding torches ABICOR BINZEL represent advanced technology and the highest quality necessary for the successful implementation of various welding tasks.

53 MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT Welding torches ABICOR BINZEL represent advanced technology and the highest quality necessary for the successful implementation of various welding tasks. Constructions all burners thought out to the smallest detail that facilitates accurate and convenient operation. Distinctive features: optimal cooling, is a prerequisite for a long service life ergonomic handle which provides optimal manipulation in all positions light and flexible hose package, excluding fatigue at work hardy design, guaranteeing a long service life central connector type «euro», which allows a quick change of burners instead of the central connector «euro» possible variety of connectors for all types of PDH on request. MIG/MAG torches RF, MB s MIG/MAG torches with air cooled: Code Model Technical data Current: 006.D720 _WGBIN RV 13 3m EA Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: 0,6-0,8 mm 130 А СО2 002.D659.1_WGBIN RF 15, 3m, GRIP Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: 0,8-1,0 mm 180 А СО2 002.D661.1_WGBIN RF 15, 5m, GRIP 004.D804.1_WGBIN RF 25, 3m,GRIP Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: 0,8-1,2 mm 250 А СО2 004.D806.1_WGBIN RF 25, 5m,GRIP 014.H221.1_WGBIN RF36, 3m, K2-2 Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: 1,0-1,6 mm 360 А СО2 014.H223.1_WGBIN RF 36, 5m, K H224.1_WGBIN RF 36 LC 3 м GRIP KZ-2 RU Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: 1,0-1,6 mm 315 А СО2 014.H226.1_WGBIN RF 36 LC 5 м GRIP KZ-2 RU 017.D041.1_WGBIN RF 45 3 м GRIP KZ-2 RU Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: to 2,0 mm (solid wire), to 450 А СО2 3,2 mm (cored wire) 017.D057.1_WGBIN RF 45 LC GRIP 3 м RU Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: to 2,0 mm (solid wire), to 450 А СО2 3,2 mm (solid wire) _WGBIN MB15AK, 3m, GRIP Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: 0,6-1,0 mm 180А СО2 150А MIX _WGBIN MB15AK, 5m, GRIP _WGBIN MB25AK, 3m, GRIP Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: 0,8-1,2 mm 230А СО2 200А MIX _WGBIN MB25AK, 5m, GRIP _WGBIN МВ 24 KD 3 м GRIP KZ-2 Duty cycle: 35% Wire Ø: 0,8-1,2 mm 250А СО2 220А MIX _WGBIN МВ 24 KD 5 м GRIP KZ _WGBIN MB26KD, 3m, GRIP Duty cycle: 35% Wire Ø: 0,8-1,2 mm 230А СО2 200А MIX _WGBIN MB 26 KD 5м GRIP _WGBIN _WGBIN MB 36KD, 3m, GRIP MB36KD, 5m, GRIP Duty cycle: 60% Wire Ø: 0,8-1,2 mm 300А СО2 270А MIX MIG/MAG torches with water cooled: Code Model Technical data Current: _WGBIN MB 401D 5 м GRIP WZ-2 Duty cycle: 100% Диаметр проволоки: 0,8-1,2 mm 400А СО2 : 350А MIX _WGBIN MB 501 5м GRIP Duty cycle: 100% Диаметр проволоки: 1,0-1,6 mm 550А СО2 500А MIX 52

54 MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT 53

MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT ESAB Cutmaster 40 - this is the most affordable system for plasma cutting for cutting high-end steel 12 mm thick.

55 MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT ESAB Cutmaster 40 - this is the most affordable system for plasma cutting for cutting high-end steel 12 mm thick. Like other settings TRUE Series, Cutmaster 40 system allows the operator to operate continuously throughout the day at the recommended thickness and cut metal is thicker, if necessary. The system comes complete with a carrying case, power supply from the network and work cable with earth terminal, the plasma torch SL60, 6,1 m in length, welding gloves, protective glasses with the degree of dimming 5, the instruction manual and DVD. Benefits: Finishing cut True Cut - 12 mm The maximum cut - 22 mm Automatic selection of the input voltage 110/220 V TD Surelok technology provides higher quality of cut and extends consumable life Light weight for maximum portability installation Application area: Body work / repair work Piping, heating and ventilation systems Construction Leased Equipment parks Maintenance and repair Decorative works Cutmaster 40 Ordering informatoins ESAB Cutmaster 40, SL60 6,1 м, 110/230 В, 1 ф., CE Technical data Recommended thickness of the cut 12 mm /220 V Maximum thickness of cutting 22,2 mm / 220 V Cutting a hole punched 8 mm / 220 V Maximum operating current 40 А / 220 V Output power 3,8 kw Dimensions 117 mm x 228 mm x 470 mm Weight 11,8 kg Air pressure 5,2 Bar Air consumption 190 l/min Power 110/220 V, 1 ph., 50/60 Hz Duty cycle 40% to 40А and 220 V Current consumption at full load 13,5 А to 220 V 54

56 ESAB Cutmaster 100 weighs only 28 kg and provides the operating current of 100 A. Due to the high power, low weight and compact design, this system is not only the best choice for finishing cutting steel up to 35 mm thick, but also allows you to cut the maximum thickness of 45 mm in the case of necessary, which is more than any other machines in this class. The package includes a power supply, plasma-throne 1Torch SL100, consumable kit, air filter / regulator, work cable with clamp, power cable. Benefits: Finishing cut True CutTM - 35 mm Quick plasma torch to facilitate maintenance or rapid replacement Automatic re-ignition when cutting metal mesh or expanded metal for maximum performance Tubular frame True-GuardTM for maximum protection TD Surelok technology provides higher quality of cut and extends consumable life Application area: Heavy Engineering Shipbuilding Construction industrial production Steel structures Leased Equipment parks Tube and Pipe Cutmaster 100 s ESAB Cutmaster 100, SL100 6,1 m, 400 V, 3 ph, CE ESAB Cutmaster 100, SL100 15,2 m, 400 V, 3 ph, CE Technical data Recommended thickness of the cut 35 mm Maximum thickness of cutting 45 mm Cutting a hole punched 20 mm Maximum operating current 100 А Output power 12 kw Dimensions 305 mm x 381 mm x 762 mm Weight 28,1 kg Air pressure 5,2 Bar Air consumption 212 l/min Power 400 V - 3 ph., 50/60 Hz Duty cycle 80% 100 А Current consumption at full load 27 А to 400 V, 3 ph. MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT 55

MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT Machine ESAB Cutmaster 120 weighs only 28 kg provides operating current of 120 A, thus allowing you to make the finishing cut steel thickness of 40 mm, and the maximum

57 MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT Machine ESAB Cutmaster 120 weighs only 28 kg provides operating current of 120 A, thus allowing you to make the finishing cut steel thickness of 40 mm, and the maximum and up to 55 mm. This compact unit, like other plasma cutting Cutmaster, comes with a plasma torch 1Torch, providing you have already known all over the world performance, ease of operation and reliability. The package includes a power source, the plasma torch SL100 1Torch, consumable kit, air filter / regulator, work cable with clamp, power cable. Benefits: Finishing cut True CutTM - 40 mm Quick plasma torch to facilitate maintenance or rapid replacement Automatic re-ignition when cutting metal mesh or expanded metal for maximum performance Tubular frame True-GuardTM for maximum protection TD Surelok technology provides higher quality of cut and extends consumable life Application area: Heavy Engineering Shipbuilding Construction Industrial production Steel structures Leased Equipment parks Cutmaster 120 Информация для заказа ESAB Cutmaster 120, SL100 6,1 m, 400 V, 3 ph, CE ESAB Cutmaster 120, SL100 15,2 m, 400 V, 3 ph, CE Technical data Recommended thickness of the cut 40 mm Maximum thickness of cutting 55 mm Cutting a hole punched 25 mm Maximum operating current 120 А Output power 15,4 kw Dimensions 305 mm x 381 mm x 762 mm Weight 28,1 kg Air pressure 5,2 Bar Air consumption 212 l/min Power 400 V- 3 ph., 50/60 Hz Duty cycle 40% to 120 А Current consumption at full load 32 А to 400 V, 3 ph. 56

The compact size and low weight of the new system Powermax30 AIR with an internal air compressor provides a high level of portability, allowing you to perform metal cutting virtually anywhere where

Internal air compressor eliminates the need to use an external air compressor and filter for plasma cutting system.

58 The compact size and low weight of the new system Powermax30 AIR with an internal air compressor provides a high level of portability, allowing you to perform metal cutting virtually anywhere where single-phase power supply is available. Just turn on the system, connect the work clamp, and you can start cutting. Internal air compressor eliminates the need to use an external air compressor and filter for plasma cutting system. High speeds and superior cut quality, which ensures the Powermax plasma cutting system, can reduce the time to complete assignments. Powermax 30 AIR MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT Ordering informatoin Power source System part number with 4,5 m (15 ) AIR T30 torch В Operating data: Capacity Thickness Cut speed Cutting Recommended 8 mm (5/16») 500 mm/min (20 ipm) 10 mm (3/8») 250 mm/min (10 ipm) Severance 16 mm (5/8») 125 mm/min (5 ipm) Input voltages V, 1-PH, 50/60 Hz Input 2.5 kw V, 1-PH, A Output current A Rated output voltage 83 VDC Duty 40 C (104 F) 35%, 240 V 20%, 120 V Open circuit voltage (OCV) 256 VDC Dimensions with handles 420 mm (16.5») D; 195 mm (7.7») W; 333 mm (13.1») H Weight w/ 4,5 m (15 ) torch 13.5 kg (29.8 lbs) Input power cable length 3 m (10 ) Power supply type Inverter - IGBT Engine drive requirement 5.5 kw for full 30 A output Certifications CSA-certified for use in the Americas and Asia, except China CE, C-Tick, CU/GOST, Ukr, and Serbian for use in Europe, Australia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Russia, Serbia, Ukraine, and other countries where accepted. Warranty Power supplies have a 3-year warranty and torches a 1-year warranty. 57

59 MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT This system is the market leader. Powermax45 is the most versatile and portable 12 mm machine on the market with a wide range of application capabilities that make it a truly multi-purpose. Powermax45 is cutting or gouging faster, easier and better than any other device in its class. Powermax 45 : Handheld systems Mechanized systems Input voltages T45v torch 6 m (20 ) T45v torch 15 m (50 ) T45m torch 7.6 m (25 ) T45m torch 10.7 m (35 ) T45m torch 15 m (50 ) 230 V CE V CE Technical data: Input voltages (± 10%) CE 230 V, 1-PH, Hz 400 V, 3-PH, Hz Input 5.95 kw CE 230 V, 1-PH, 30 A 380/400 V, 3-PH, 10.5/10 A Output current A Rated output voltage 132 VDC Duty 40 C (104 F) CE 45 A, 230 V, 1-PH 41 A, 230 V, 1-PH 32 A, 230 V, 1-PH CE 45 A, 380/400 V, 3-PH 41 A, 380/400 V, 3-PH 32 A, 380/400 V, 3-PH Open circuit voltage (OCV) 275 VDC Dimensions with handles 426 mm (16.75») D; 172 mm (6.75») W; 348 mm (13.7») H Weight with 6.1 m (20 ) torch CE 16 kg (35 lbs) Gas Supply Clean, dry, oil-free air or nitrogen Recommended gas inlet Cutting: 170 l/min (360 scfh; 6 80 psi (5.5 bar) flow rate / pressure Gouging: 360 scfh; 170 l/min (6 60 psi (4.1 bar) Input power cable length 3 m (10 ) Power supply type Inverter - IGBT 58

60 The Powermax65 plasma system is a versatile tool for heavy-duty cutting and gouging in demanding environments. Designed to maximize uptime and productivity, the system offers the latest technological innovations, such as Smart Sense technology to automatically adjust the gas pressure. With a variety of Duramax torch styles, operators can easily select exactly the right tool for the job: hand cutting or gouging, portable automation, X-Y table, and robotic cutting or gouging. Powermax 65 MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT Operating data: Capacity Thickness Cut speed Cutting Recommended 20 mm (3/4») 500 mm/min (20 ipm) 25 mm (1») 250 mm/min (10 ipm) Severance (hand cutting) 32 mm (1-1/4») 125 mm/min (5 ipm) Pierce * 16 mm (5/8») Capacity Metal removal rate Groove profile Gouging Typical gouge 4,8 kg/hr (10.7 lbs/hr) 3,5 mm D x 6,6 mm W (0.14» D x 0.26» W) : 75 hand torch 75 and 15 hand torches Power supplies V o l t a g e 7.6 m (25 ) 15.2 m (50 ) 7.6 m (25 ) 15.2 m (50 ) configurations with Eliminizer filter and cover without remote pendant Standard power supply 400 V CE Power supply with CPC 400 V CE port and voltage divider 59

MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT The premier system for cutting 25 mm (1»), the Powermax85 has the same features and options as the Powermax65, but with more power from an output current of 85 amps.

61 MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT The premier system for cutting 25 mm (1»), the Powermax85 has the same features and options as the Powermax65, but with more power from an output current of 85 amps. Designed to maximize uptime and productivity, the system offers the latest technological innovations, such as Smart Sense technology to automatically adjust the gas pressure. With a variety of Duramax torch styles, operators can easily select exactly the right tool for the job: hand cutting or gouging, portable automation, X-Y table, and robotic cutting or gouging. Powermax 85 Operating data: Capacity Thickness Cut speed Cutting Recommended 25 mm (1») 500 mm/min (20 ipm) 32 mm (1-1/4») 250 mm/min (10 ipm) Severance (hand cutting) 38 mm (1-1/2») 125 mm/min (5 ipm) Pierce * 20 mm (3/4») Gouging Typical gouge 8,8 kg/hr (19.5 lbs/hr) 5,8 mm D x 7,1 mm W (0.23» D x 0.28» W) : Power supplies V o l t a g e configurations 75 hand torch 75 and 15 hand torches 7.6 m (25 ) 15.2 m (50 ) 7.6 m (25 ) 15.2 m (50 ) with Eliminizer filter and cover without remote pendant Standard power supply 400 V CE Power supply with CPC port and voltage divider 400 V CE

62 The Powermax105 plasma system has the duty cycle and performance needed for tough industrial cutting and gouging jobs. Delivering superior cut capabilities on 32 mm (1-1/4») thick metals, it also offers the latest technological innovations, such as Smart Sense technology to automatically adjust the gas pressure. Seven Duramax torch styles provide versatility for hand cutting, portable automation, X-Y table cutting, and robotic cutting and gouging. Powermax 105 MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT : 75 hand torch 75 and 15 hand torches Power supplies V o l t a g e 7.6 m (25 ) 15.2 m (50 ) 7.6 m (25 ) 15.2 m (50 ) configurations without remote pendant Standard power supply 400 V CE Power supply with CPC port and voltage divider 400 V CE Operating data: Capacity Thickness Cut speed Cutting Recommended 32 mm (1-1/4 ) 500 mm/min (20 ipm) 38 mm (1-1/2 ) 250 mm/min (10 ipm) Severance (hand cutting) 50 mm (2 ) 125 mm/min (5 ipm) Pierce * 22 mm (7/8 ) Capacity Metal removal rate Groove profile Gouging Typical gouge 9,8 kg/hr (21.7 lbs/hr) 6,4 mm D x 7,4 mm W (0.25 D x 0.29 W) 61

MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT Delivering maximum power and performance for air plasma, the Powermax125 plasma system cuts thick metals fast.

63 MANUAL PLASMA CUTTING EQUIPMENT Delivering maximum power and performance for air plasma, the Powermax125 plasma system cuts thick metals fast. Able to make short work of the toughest cutting and gouging jobs, the system offers a 100% duty cycle, a 25 mm (1») mechanized pierce capability, and fast gouging metal removal. It also gives you the latest technological innovations, such as Smart Sense technology to automatically adjust the gas pressure. Eleven Duramax Hyamp torch styles provide versatility for hand cutting, portable automation, X-Y table cutting, extended reach cutting, and robotic cutting and gouging. Powermax 125 Operating data: Capacity Thickness Cut speed Cutting Recommended 38 mm (1-1/2 ) 457 mm/min (18 ipm) 44 mm (1-3/4 ) 250 mm/min (10 ipm) Severance (hand cutting) 57 mm (2-1/4 ) 125 mm/min (5 ipm) Pierce * 25 mm (1 ) Capacity Metal removal rate Groove profile Gouging Typical gouge 12,52 kg/hr (27.6 lbs/hr) 4,3 mm - 7,9 mm D x 6,1 mm - 9,9 mm W ( D x W) : 85 hand torch 85 and 15 hand torches Power supplies V o l t a g e 7.6 m (25 ) 15.2 m (50 ) 7.6 m (25 ) 15.2 m (50 ) configurations without remote pendant Power supply with CPC port and voltage divider 400 V CE

64 GOUGING EQUIPMENT 63

Gouging Torches FLAIR 600 and 1600 GOUGING EQUIPMENT The torch Flair 600 for gouging diameter of 10 mm (circular section in the electrode) and 4 x 15 mm (cross-sectional rectangular electrode).

Named FLAIR 600 FLAIR 1600 2,5 м Code 0468253880_WGE 0468253881_WGE Gouging torch K 4000 The torch for gouging is equipped with a cable length of 2.14 m.

65 Gouging Torches FLAIR 600 and 1600 GOUGING EQUIPMENT The torch Flair 600 for gouging diameter of 10 mm (circular section in the electrode) and 4 x 15 mm (cross-sectional rectangular electrode). Burner Flair 1600 for gouging with a diameter up to 19 mm (round in cross-section electrode) and 5 x 20 mm (rectangular in cross-section electrode). Named FLAIR 600 FLAIR ,5 м Code _WGE _WGE Gouging torch K 4000 The torch for gouging is equipped with a cable length of 2.14 m. The torch works with round and flat electrodes from 4 mm to 13 mm (round) and from 10 mm to 16 mm (flat). K 4000 is designed for the rated current of 1000 A and the compressed air pressure of 5.6 and 7.0 kg/cm2 and a flow rate of m3 min. Mass and torch cable kg. Supplied without connectors. Named K 4000 with cable Code _WGE 64

66 KempGouge ARC 800 KempGouge offers 800 amps of gouging power with 50% duty cycle. The characteristics curve is specifically designed for carbon arc gouging, so gouging properties are optimised and noise levels kept very low. Package includes power source, control panel, and transport unit for easy mobility. KempGouge lets you open roots or faulty welds, prepare welding grooves, cut metals, pierce holes, clean casts and remove excess metal. KempGouge ARC 800 gives productivity and convenience to gouging work. When equipped with the optional R10 remote control unit, gouging current adjustment can be made directly from the work site, removing the need to move between the work piece and the power source. The carbon arc gouging electrode holder GT4000 is designed for use with the KempGouge and suits either round or flat electrodes. The air pressure used for gouging can be adjusted via the control mounted on the holder itself. GOUGING EQUIPMENT Technical data: KempGouge ARC 800 Connection voltage 3~, 50/60 Hz 400 V, % Rated power at max. current 50 % ED 44 kva Output 50 % ED 800 A/44 V 100% ED 600 A/44 V Fuse 63 A delayed Welding range 20 A/20 V A/44 V Connection cable H07RN-F 4G16 (16 mm) Open circuit voltage 50 V Power ratio at 100 % ED 0.9 Efficiency at 100 % ED 0.90 External dimensions L x W x H 700 x 660 x 1400 mm Weight with transport unit 115 kg Power Sources (excluding mains connection cable) KempGouge ARC 800 (includes transport unit) Connection cable 4X16MM2 5m W X16MM2 10m W Gouging electrode holder GT 4000 with 2.1 m cable Remote control units R10 5 m R10 10 m Remote control extension cable for R10 10 m

Gouging torch KURT HAUFE GOUGING EQUIPMENT Gouging torch «KURT HAUFE» are used for gouging grooves, preparation and processing of joints, removing casting defects, as well as for cutting and punching

67 Gouging torch KURT HAUFE GOUGING EQUIPMENT Gouging torch «KURT HAUFE» are used for gouging grooves, preparation and processing of joints, removing casting defects, as well as for cutting and punching metal. Features: oval high-strength heat-insulating handle; rotating nozzle for round and flat carbon electrodes; high-bandwidth cable duct (air guide); can adjust the compressed air flow volume integrated valve; highly flexible special cable, connect the compressed air- thread 3/8 articulation in the arm for models K12T, K16T Technical data and ordering information Model Current,Duty cycle 60% Round carbon electrode(mm) Rectangular carbon electrode (мм) Air pressure, (bar) length of cable, m Ext. hose diameter, (mm) Code К А / ,10 3, D124_WGBIN 516.D001_WGBIN К А / ,10 3, D125_WGBIN 516.D002_WGBIN К12Т 600 А / ,10 3, D154_WGBIN 516.D142_WGBIN К А /20/ ,10 3, D126_WGBIN 516.D003_WGBIN К16Т 1000 А /20/ ,10 3, D155_WGBIN 516.D150_WGBIN 66

68 ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS 67

ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Universal welder CHOPPER 4SE produced by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding parts made of carbon and stainless steels on DC, the unit can also be used as a DC power.

69 ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Universal welder CHOPPER 4SE produced by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding parts made of carbon and stainless steels on DC, the unit can also be used as a DC power. The unit is equipped with a four-stroke engine HONDA. CHOPPER 4SE HAS: adjustment of the welding current in the range of A, open circuit voltage of the welding circuit 65, DC output voltage of 220 V power up to 2 kw, which allows you to connect the collector power, heating and lighting, shaft speed 4000 rev / min, manual start via cable, 3.6 liter fuel tank, a duration of from 3.5 hour at refueling Mo = 60%, noise level 76 db at a distance of 7 m, IP23 protection class. The delivery of the universal welder CHOPPER 4SE includes: current collectors for connecting a welding cable. On special request for an additional universal welder MSG CHOPPER available: welder s mask CHOPPER 4SE Named Code CHOPPER 4 SE M _WGM Technical data CHOPPER 4SE Current, А 150 Duty cycle % 60 Fuel Gas А-92 Diameter of electrode,mm 2-3,25 Dimensions, mm 420х360х480 Weight, kg 34 kva(220v/1 ph) 2 68

DAW-180SS Single-station welding unit Denyo DAW-180SS with the function of power 3 kva for the organization of small volumes of welding in the field and enables high-quality manual arc welding with

70 DAW-180SS Single-station welding unit Denyo DAW-180SS with the function of power 3 kva for the organization of small volumes of welding in the field and enables high-quality manual arc welding with coated electrodes, as well as work in the power mode. Welding generator Denyo has an intuitive control system, and compact size, high welding quality and reliability made it possible to win the increasing popularity of using DAW-180SS model, at construction sites, municipal services, small businesses, as well as in the private sector. ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Technical data Rated voltage, 26.8 Rated current, A 170 Engine capacity, cm Fuel consumption Full_range at 100% load. L / h 2.2 Fuel consumption e-mode at 100% load. l / h 0.48 Area, m Gross Weight, kg 199 Duty cycle, % 50 Current range - 1 post, and 30 ~ 180 Applicable electrode 2.0 ~ 4.0 Alternator frequency, Hz 50/60 Nom-i-ty cardinality AC generator. current, phase 1 kva 3 Type alternator Brushless Power factor (Cos y),% 1 Make and Model Kubota Z402-B Number of cylinders 2 Engine s type Diesel, 4-stroke, liquid-cooled Rated motor power kw 7.28 Rated engine speed, rev / min 3600 The engine speed in the e-mode mode / min 2000 The fuel used Disel Fuel tank capacity, l. 15 Rated fuel consumption, l / h 1.31 Fuel consumption Full_range at 0% load., L / h 2,2 Fuel consumption e-mode without load, l / h 0.48 The volume of the engine lubrication system, l 2.05 The amount of oil effective, l 0.7 Acceptable oil flow, cm3 / h 4.95 The volume of coolant L 1.8 Battery Type 36B20Rx 1 The level of sound. nominal pressure, db (A) / 7m 66 The level of sound. pressure without load, db (A) / 7m 65 Sound power level without load, db 88 Named DAW-180SS Code DAW-180SS_WGD Welding current range from machine DAW-180SS is A. Rated current at 50% duty cycle of 170A. With 100% duty cycle welding unit can be operated with a current of up to 120A. Welder DAW-180SS is equipped with wheels simplify the movement of the unit. On the main frame of the machine parts are installed: twocylinder engine, alternator, fuel tank, battery. The entire structure is covered with a steel casing that protects equipment from adverse weather conditions and mechanical damage. Maintenance and repair of welding generators passes easily through the large side door and thought-out arrangement of parts. Diesel welder DAW-180SS can be used as an AC power supply of up to 3 kva during simultaneous operation of the welding station. 69

ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Universal welder CHOPPER 200 AC manufactured by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding of parts from steel and stainless steel at a constant current, the unit can also be used as a power

71 ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Universal welder CHOPPER 200 AC manufactured by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding of parts from steel and stainless steel at a constant current, the unit can also be used as a power plant. The unit is equipped with a four-stroke engine HONDA GX 270. CHOPPER 200 AS HAS: adjustment of the welding current in the range of A, open circuit voltage of the welding circuit is not more than 70 V, AC output frequency of 50 Hz with a voltage of 220 V up to 2.2 kva shaft speed 3600 rev / min, Manual start via cable, 5,3 liter fuel tank, running time of one filling 3.3 hours at duty cycle 60% Noise level 76 db at a distance of 7 m, IP23 protection class. The delivery of the universal welder CHOPPER 200 speakers includes: current collectors for connecting a welding cable. On special request for an additional universal welder CHOPPER 200 speakers delivered: 16A plug to connect a load voltage of 220V. CHOPPER 200 AC Named Code CHOPPER 200 AC M _WGM Technical data CHOPPER 200 AC Current, А 200 Duty cycle % 60 Fuel GAS А-92 Diameter of electrode,mm 2-4 Dimensions, mm 610х490х520 Weight, kg 57 kva(220v/1 ph) 2,2 ква(220/1) 2,2 70

CT 230 SX Universal welding machine CT 230 SX produced by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding parts made of carbon and stainless steels on DC, the unit can also be used as a power plant.

72 CT 230 SX Universal welding machine CT 230 SX produced by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding parts made of carbon and stainless steels on DC, the unit can also be used as a power plant. The unit is assembled on the basis of a four-stroke diesel engine with air cooling Yanmar L 100 AE (Japan). CT 230 SX has: noise / weather-proof casing, asynchronous generator, Infinitely adjustable welding current in diapazone A, arc voltage control for welding cellulosic electrodes 100% the length of the load switching at a current of 180 A, open circuit voltage of the welding circuit 65, the ability to connect to the 380 V three-phase electrical loads in power up to 6 kw and single-phase loads with voltage of 220 V, power to 5 kva, residual current device (RCD) disable the device in case of overload, voltmeter shaft speed 3000 rev / min, electric starter, Low pressure indicator of the lubricating oil, Low fuel level indicator, 23 l tank, hour meter, uptime from one filling 20 hours at 60% duty cycle, Noise level 68 db at a distance of 7 m, protection class IP23, emergency shutdown of the engine at the critical oil pressure / fuel level increase. Named Code MOSA CT 230 SX PLUS M _WGM Technical data MOSA CT 230 SX Current, А 210 Duty cycle % 60 Fuel Disel Diameter of electrode,mm 2-5 Dimensions, mm 1050х650х920 Weight, kg 247 kva(380v/3ph) 6 kva(220v/1ph) 5 ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS 71

ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Single-station welding unit Denyo TLW-230LS with the function of power 5 kva is designed to organize welding in the field and enables high-quality manual arc welding with coated

73 ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Single-station welding unit Denyo TLW-230LS with the function of power 5 kva is designed to organize welding in the field and enables high-quality manual arc welding with coated electrodes, as well as work in the power mode. Welding generator Denyo TLW-230LS has an intuitive control system, and compact size, the indispensable quality of Denyo and reliability allowed to win the increasing popularity of this model in the construction, housing and communal services, the repair of railway tracks, in small and medium-sized businesses, as well as in the private sector. The wide welding current range (at 50% duty cycle 200A current) suitable for various welding applications. unit Maximum welding current is 230A, and at 100% duty cycle the current is 140A. Named TLW 230LS TLW 230LS Code TLW 230LS_WGD Technical data The output characteristics of DC (direct current welding) Options High mode Limits of welding current 90 ~ 230 А, 50 ~ 170 А Rated speed 3600 min-1 Activation Duty cycle100% at 140 A/50% at 200 A The diameter of the working electrode, mm 2,6-5,0 Fuel consumption (no load) 0.93 l / h Fuel consumption at rated current (200A) 2.83l / h The output characteristics of the AC (single-phase alternating current): Options Continuous duty rated power 5.0 / 5.5 kva (CON 3 kw (1.5 kw x 2) optional) Rated current 50 A Rotation frequency 3600 rev / min Frequency 50/60 Hz Note: This unit is capable of operating both as a source of welding current and a variable current source. Technical characteristics of the diesel engine Manufacturer and model Kubota / Z482 A type diesel engine with liquid cooling rated power 9.6 kw / 3600 min-1. number of cylinders 2 Engine capacity 0,479 liters Control mechanical Cooling system liquid cooling Accumulator battery 12B - 40Ah x 1 (36B20R) Type of fuel diesel (ASTM No.2 or similar) Fuel tank capacity 19l lubricating oil API service class, CC class or better Dimensions and weight of the unit Length x Width x Height (mm) 1220 x 590 x 720 dry weight 285 kg Noise level at 7m db (A) 66 72

74 DLW-300LS Single-station welding unit Denyo DLW-300LS with the function of power 10.4 kva is designed to organize welding in the field and enables high-quality manual arc welding with coated electrodes, as well as work in the power mode. Welding generator Denyo DLW-300LS through ease of management, reliability and compactness won great popularity in the oil and gas industry, civil construction and housing and communal services. Welding current range of A at 100% duty cycle, providing a steeply dipping and dipping the CVC, which is useful for various welding applications. Maximum welding current 280A (duty cycle = 75%). DLW-300LS DLW-300LS WGD ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Technical data The output characteristics of DC (direct current welding) for the welding of single-mode Limits of welding current 30~280 А 30~280 А Rated speed 3000 min min-1 Activation Dury cycle 100% for 30 ~ 260 А (75% for 280 А) 100% Fuel consumption (no load) 1,28l/h 0,72l/h Fuel consumption at rated current (260A) 3,23l/h 3,20l/h The output characteristics of the AC (three-phase alternating current): Options Continuous duty rated power 10.4 kva Rated voltage 220/380 V Rated current 15.8 А Rotation frequency 3000 min-1 Frequency 50 Hz Power factor 0.8 Note: This unit is capable of operating both as a source of welding current and a variable current source. Technical characteristics of the diesel engine Manufacturer and model YANMAR 3-3TNM68G Type vertical, 3-stroke, water-cooled rated power 12.5 kw / 3000 min-1 number of cylinders 3 Bore and Stroke 68 mm х 72 mm Engine capacity l Control Mechanical Cooling system Water cooled Accumulator battery 12V - 45Аh х 1 (55В24L) Type of fuel diesel (ASTM No.2 or similar) Fuel tank capacity 36 l lubricating oil API service class, CC class Dimensions and weight of the unit Length x Width x Height (mm) 1520 х 700 х 770 dry weight 471 kg total weight 521 kg Noise level at 7m db (A)

TS 300 SC/EL ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Universal welder TS 300 SC / EL manufactured by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding parts made of conventional stainless steels and DC, the unit can also be used as a

75 TS 300 SC/EL ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Universal welder TS 300 SC / EL manufactured by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding parts made of conventional stainless steels and DC, the unit can also be used as a power plant. The unit is assembled on the basis of the four-stroke two-cylinder diesel engine with air-cooled Lombardini 12LD 477/2 (Italy). TS 300 SC / EL has: noise / weather-proof casing, asynchronous generator, Infinitely adjustable welding current in the range A, arc voltage control for welding cellulosic electrodes 100% the length of the load switching at a current of 250 A, open circuit voltage of the welding circuit 70 B, the ability to connect to the 380 V three-phase electrical loads in power up to 10 kva single-phase loads with voltage of 220 V, power to 5 kva, residual current device (RCD) disable the device in case of overload, voltmeter shaft speed 3000 rev / min, electric starter, Low pressure indicator of the lubricating oil, Low fuel level indicator, 23 l tank, hour meter, uptime from one refueling 9:00 at LD = 60% Noise level 74 db at a distance of 7 m, protection class IP23, emergency shutdown of the engine at the critical oil pressure / fuel level increase. The delivery of the universal welder TS 300 SC / EL includes: in a housing unit, battery, current collectors for connecting welding cable Named TS 300 SC/EL Code M _WGM Technical data Current, А 300 Duty cycle % 60 Fuel дизельное Diameter of electrode,mm 2-6 Dimensions, mm 132х79х75 Weight, kg 350 kva(380v/3ph) 10 kva(220v/1ph) 5 On special request for an additional universal welder TS 300 SC / EL is supplied: welding cable, electrode, welder s mask Plug 220 V 32 A, Plug 380 V 32 A, earthing kit, two-wheeled hand truck, set of two wheels and tow bar for local transportation, two-wheeled chassis for transport on public roads, remote control with 20 m cable. 74

DLW-400LSW The new model of the welding machine DLW-400LSW different improved welding characteristics and high efficiency. Compact and lightweight, weighing just 471 kg, it has a large capacity.

76 DLW-400LSW The new model of the welding machine DLW-400LSW different improved welding characteristics and high efficiency. Compact and lightweight, weighing just 471 kg, it has a large capacity. The model uses the engine from the well-known Japanese company Kubota, which is famous for its high quality and reliable products in the market of compact equipment. The noise level is very low just 64.1 db, exhaust emissions can be minimized and to be around without feeling discomfort. It is equipped with a three-position motor speed regulator that allows to reduce fuel consumption. DLW-400LSW DLW-400LSW_WGD ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Technical data The output characteristics of DC (direct current welding) For the welding of single-mode Options Continuous duty e- mode (changing) Limits of welding current 60 ~ 380 A 60 ~ 380 A Rated speed 3000 rev / min 2200 / min Activation 100% at 60 ~ 370 A (90% at 380 A) 100% Fuel consumption (no load) 1,86l / h 1,05l / h welding mode on two posts Limits of welding current 30 ~ 190 A 30 ~ 190 A Rated speed 3000 rev / min 2200 / min Activation 100% at 30 ~ 185 A (90% at 190 A) 100% The output characteristics of the AC (three-phase alternating current): Options Continuous duty rated power 15 kva Rated voltage 220/380 Rated current 22.8 A Rotation frequency 3000 rev / min Frequency 50 Hz Power factor 0.8 Note: This unit is capable of operating both as a source of welding current and a variable current source. Технические характеристики дизельного двигателя Technical characteristics of the diesel engine KUBOTA D1105-K3В Manufacturer and model KUBOTA D1105-K3В A type vertical, 3-stroke, water-cooled rated power 17.8 k watts / min. number of cylinders 3 Bore and Stroke 78 mm x 78.4 mm Engine capacity l Control mechanical Cooling system water cooling Accumulator battery 12B - 45Ach x 1 (55V24L) Type of fuel diesel (ASTM No.2 or similar) Fuel tank capacity 42L lubricating oil API service class, CC class or better Dimensions and weight of the unit 1520 х 700 х 770 Length x Width x Height (mm) 1520 х 700 х 770 dry weight 471 kg total weight 521 kg Noise level at 7m db (A)

ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Universal welder TS 400 SC / EL manufactured by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding parts made of conventional stainless steels and DC, the unit can also be used as a power plant.

77 ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Universal welder TS 400 SC / EL manufactured by MOSA (Italy) for MMA welding parts made of conventional stainless steels and DC, the unit can also be used as a power plant. The unit is assembled on the basis of the four-stroke two-cylinder diesel engine with air-cooled Lombardini 9LD625 / 2 (Italy). TS 400 SC / EL HAS: noise / weather-proof casing, asynchronous generator, Infinitely adjustable welding current in diapazone A, arc voltage control for welding cellulosic electrodes 100% the length of the load switching at a current of 300 A, open circuit voltage of the welding circuit 70 B, possibility of connecting three-phase electrical loads with a voltage of 380 V up to 13 kva single-phase loads and a voltage of 220 V up to 7 kw, residual current device (RCD) disable the device in case of overload, voltmeter shaft speed 3000 rev / min, electric starter, Low pressure indicator of the lubricating oil, Low fuel level indicator, 26 l tank, hour meter, running time of one filling 8 hours at 60% duty cycle, Noise level 73 db at a distance of 7 m, protection class IP23, emergency shutdown of the engine at the critical oil pressure / fuel level increase. The delivery of the universal welder TS 400 SC / EL includes: in a housing unit, battery, current collectors for connecting welding cable, Named TS 400 SC/EL TS 400 SC/EL Technical data TS 400 SC/EL Current, А 350 (400) Duty cycle % 60 (35) Fuel Disel Diameter of electrode,mm 2-8 Dimensions, mm 146х87х88 Weight, kg 450 kva(380v/3ph) 13 kva(220v/1ph) 7 On special request for further universal welder TS 400 SC / EL comes: welding cable, electrode, welder s mask Plug 220 V 32 A, Plug 380 V 32 A, earthing kit, Code M _WGM set of two wheels and tow bar for local transportation, two-wheeled chassis for transport on public roads, remote control with 20 m cable. 76

DSP 2x400 PS Universal welder DSP 2x400 PS produced by MOSA (Italy) for a semi-automatic, TIG and MMA welding of parts from steel and stainless steel at a constant current, the unit can also be used

78 DSP 2x400 PS Universal welder DSP 2x400 PS produced by MOSA (Italy) for a semi-automatic, TIG and MMA welding of parts from steel and stainless steel at a constant current, the unit can also be used as a power plant. The unit is assembled on the basis of a four-stroke fourcylinder diesel engine with liquid-cooled Perkins (UK). UNIVERSAL WELDING UNIT DSP 2x400 PS HAS: two posts for welding, Digital welding process control unit (DSP), noise / weather-proof casing, asynchronous generator, Infinitely adjustable welding current in diapazone A, arc voltage control for welding cellulosic electrodes 100% the length of the load switching at a current of 300 A, open circuit voltage of the welding circuit 70 B, the ability to connect to the 380 V three-phase electrical loads in power up to 40 kva single-phase loads with voltage of 220 V up to 20 kva, residual current device (RCD) disable the device in case of overload, voltmeter shaft speed 1500 rev / min electric starter, Low pressure indicator of the lubricating oil, Low fuel level indicator, hour meter, Noise level 73 db at a distance of 7 m, protection class IP23, emergency shutdown of the engine at the critical oil pressure / fuel level increase. Named DSP 2x400 PS-PL Chopper Code M _WGM Technical data DSP 2x400 PS Current, А 2х400 Duty cycle % 60 Fuel Disel Diameter of electrode,mm 2-8 Dimensions, mm 272x100x125 Weight, kg 1200 kva(380v/3ph) 40 kva(220v/1ph) 20 Supplied with universal welder DSP 2x400 PS includes: in a housing unit, battery, current collectors for connecting a welding cable. ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS 77

DCW-480ESW ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Two post welder Denyo DCW-480ESW created taking into account the needs and requirements of the oil and gas sector.

79 DCW-480ESW ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Two post welder Denyo DCW-480ESW created taking into account the needs and requirements of the oil and gas sector. Therefore, this unit is perfect for work in any field and severe climatic conditions. Welding generator Denyo DCW-480ESW enables high-quality manual arc welding with coated electrodes, as well as MIG / MAG / TIG welding, self-shielded flux-cored wire, submerged arc welding, cutting, and can operate at the same time just two of the welder. The unit consists of a generator and a diesel engine. Named DCW-480ESW Code DCW-480ESW_WGD Technical data The output characteristics of DC (direct current welding) for the welding of single-mode Options Continuous duty E - mode Limits of welding current 60 ~ 480 A 60 ~ 240 A Rated speed 3000 rev / min 2200 rev/ min Activation 60% 100% Two post welding mode Limits of welding current 30 ~ 280 А 30 ~ 200 А Rated speed 3000 rev/ min 2200 rev/ min Activation 100% 100% The output characteristics of the AC (three-phase alternating current): Options Continuous duty rated power 15 kva Rated voltage 220/380 Rated current 3000 rev / min Rotation frequency 50 Hz Frequency 0.8 Power factor 3,2kW Note: This unit is capable of operating both as a source of welding current and a variable current source. Technical characteristics of the diesel engine Manufacturer and model KUBOTA V1505 A type vertical, 4-stroke, water-cooled rated power <W / 3000 rpm. min. number of cylinders 4 Bore and Stroke 78 mm x 78.4 mm Engine capacity l Control mechanical Cooling system water cooling Accumulator battery 12B - 70Ach x 1 (80D26R) Type of fuel diesel (ASTM No.2 or similar) Fuel tank capacity 45L lubricating oil API service class, CC class or better Dimensions and weight of the unit Length x Width x Height (mm) 1540 х 720 х 885 dry weight 511 kg total weight 564 kg 78

GE 20 PSX EAS Stationary diesel power in a protective housing. Maximum power plug of three-phase loads - 17.6 kw. Equipped with a low speed engine liquid-cooled PERKINS 404D-22G (1500 rev / min.

80 GE 20 PSX EAS Stationary diesel power in a protective housing. Maximum power plug of three-phase loads kw. Equipped with a low speed engine liquid-cooled PERKINS 404D-22G (1500 rev / min.) And synchronous brushless generator STAMFORD PI144D. EQUIPMENT: in the housing unit Central hinge for lifting Digital control panel Battery Sockets: CEE 1 x 400V 32A 3P+N+T CEE 1 x 400V 16A 3P+N+T CEE 1 x 230V 16A 2P+T SCHUKO 1 x 230V 16A 2P+T Emergency Stop Button The circuit breaker Cutout by overheating Cutout Oil level in the crankcase Cutout by the low level of fuel in the tank Siren Emergency Stop Button The fuel level in the tank Low Battery Indicator Battery OPTIONS: The unit automatically start EAS Remote Remote Start TSM35 (inf.kabel 10m.) Radiozapusk (150 m). trolley CTL22 Chassis to move on public roads earthing kit MT25 Fuel tank cap with lock Electric heater coolant WH21 Named Code GE 20 PSX-EAS M _WGM Technical data Reserve electric power, kva / kw 22.0 / 17.6 The main three-phase power, kva / kw 20.0 / 16.0 The single-phase power, kva 7.0 Engine model PERKINS 404D-22G engine speed, vol. / min Cooling liquid Fuel Diesel Fuel consumption at 75% load l / h 4 Fuel tank capacity, l 60 Generator synchronous brushless Voltage, STAMFORD PI144D frequency Hz 400/230 Phase 50 execution 3/1 Noise level (7 meters) in db (A) In casing launch 65 Dimensions, mm electric starter Weight, kg 1720h980h1110 ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS 79

GE 6500 DES/GS-L ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Technical data Power type diesel Startup type electric number of phases 3 (380/220 V) Engine and Fuel Engine Yanmar L 100 N Engine capacity 435 cc Engine power

81 GE 6500 DES/GS-L ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Technical data Power type diesel Startup type electric number of phases 3 (380/220 V) Engine and Fuel Engine Yanmar L 100 N Engine capacity 435 cc Engine power 8.8 hp number of cylinders 1 The number of cycles 4 Number of revolutions 3000 Type of cooling air Fuel consumption 1.2 l / h Volume of the tank 18 l Runtime 15 h Generator generator type Generator Protection Class active power asynchronous IP kw Named GE 6500 DES/GS-L Code M _WGM maximum capacity 5.20 kw Full power 5.70 kva current 8.2 A Design and features Noise level 74 db Muffler there is Overload protection there is Voltmeter there is Hour meter there is The number of outlets The number of sockets Dimensions (WxHxD) 910x620x530 mm The weight 126 kg 80

GE 10000 LD/GS Technical data Power type diesel Startup type electric number of phases 1 (220V) Engine and Fuel Engine Lombardini 25LD 425/2 Engine capacity 851 cc ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Engine power

82 GE LD/GS Technical data Power type diesel Startup type electric number of phases 1 (220V) Engine and Fuel Engine Lombardini 25LD 425/2 Engine capacity 851 cc ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Engine power 15.6 hp number of cylinders 2 The number of cycles 4 Number of revolutions 3000 Type of cooling air Fuel consumption 2.2 l / h Volume of the tank Runtime Generator generator type 18 l 8.2 hours synchronous Named GE LD/GS Code M _WGM Brushless generator Yes active power 8.10 kw maximum capacity 9 kw Full power 9 kva Design and features Noise level 74 db sound absorption hood there is Muffler there is Overload protection there is Voltmeter there is Hour meter there is The number of outlets Dimensions (WxHxD) 935x645x580 mm The weight 159 kg 81

MWT-4800ARC, MWT-7000ARC ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Welding tractors Morooka MWT ARC combine technical solutions and possibilities and tracked dumpers Morooka forwarders and your request are supplemented

Flexible configuration allows to mount on the welding tractor Morooka necessary welding and related equipment based on the site conditions of work and terms of reference.

83 MWT-4800ARC, MWT-7000ARC ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Welding tractors Morooka MWT ARC combine technical solutions and possibilities and tracked dumpers Morooka forwarders and your request are supplemented with all the necessary equipment. Morooka Welding tractors are easy to operate and undemanding to use, reliable and easy to maintain. Flexible configuration allows to mount on the welding tractor Morooka necessary welding and related equipment based on the site conditions of work and terms of reference. Each welding tractor or self-propelled welding machine, as it is sometimes referred to this type of equipment in Russia, Morooka MWT ARC completed the installation of crane-manipulator and optimal capacity. Existing solutions can be installed on the machine to Morooka six welding stations, diesel power plant, induction heating system, high pressure compressors for industrial use, and other equipment necessary for the full operation of the welding tractor when working offline or as part of the linear part of the welding tractor. Model MWT-4800 ARC MWT-7000 ARC MWT ARC Main specifications of the machine base Capacity Dimensions (LxWxH) mm 5400 х 2490 х х 2750 х х2900х3140 Curb weight Crawler width mm Maximum speed km / h 11 Air conditioning Yes* Yes Working temperature С Operating temperature with winter С packet Paint color Да* Engine Manufacturer Mitsubishi Caterpillar Mitsubishi Caterpillar Caterpillar Model 4D34 CAT C4.4 6D16 CAT C6.6 CAT C7 Rated power kw / rev. Ming 81 / ,5 / / / / 2200 emissions Standard Euro 2 Euro 3 Euro 2 Euro 3 Euro 3 electrical system 24 V DC General data base machine Number of welding stations

84 MWT-10000ARC Welding equipment* Current/duty cycle Current range, A Dimensions (LхWхH), mm kg Two post One post Two post Denyo DLW-400LSW 380А/90% 185А/100% х 700 х А/100% Denyo DCW-480ESW 480А/50% 280А/100% х 720 х Manufacturer** 350А/100% Generator* Denyo / Caterpillar / SDMO Output power, kw Manipulator installation * Manufacturer** HIAB / FASSI / UNIC HIAB / FASSI / UNIC HIAB / FASSI / UNIC Maximum range to 7,6 m to 8,2 m to 10 m Maximum load capacity to 3 to 4 t to 7,7 t Capacity, length 6m to 800 kg to 1200 kg to 3300 kg Weight, ENGINE DRIVEN WELDERS Crane control from the cockpit * yes yes yes Air compressor* Manufacturer** The two-stage air compressor Atlas Copco LT E Air consumption 930 l/min Maximum pressure 16 bar Transporting gas cylinders * Stand for gas cylinders Hydraulic lift or fixed stand The number of gas cylinders induction heating system * Manufacturer** Miller Pro Heat 35 / ARGOHEAT 130 Rated power, kw 35 / 130 Dimensions (LxWxH) mm 933х552х699 / x1800 Weight, kg 120 /

85 WELDING CONSUMABLES 84

86 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY Designation AWS EN Page SMAW - Shielded Metal Arc Welding OK E6013 E 38 0 RC ОЗС-12 E6013 E 350 R УОНИИ E7015 E38 2 B 2 2 H10 88 LB 52 U E7016 E 42 2 B 89 OK E E 42 5 B 12 H5 90 OK E E 46 5 B 32 H5 91 BÖHLER FOX EV 50 E H4 R E 42 5 B 4 2 H5 92 GTAW Gas Tungsten Arc Welding BÖHLER EML 5 ER 70 S-3 W 46 4 W2Si 93 BÖHLER EMK 6 ER 70 S-6 W 42 5 W3Si 94 GMAW - Gas Metal Arc Welding SER70S-6 ER 70 S-6 G 42 2 C 3Si1 95 OK Aristorod ER 70 S-6 G3Si1 96 OK Autrod ER 70 S-6 G3Si1 97 Designation Tensile strength, MPa Yield stress, MPa Elongation, % indices not less Е Е Е Е Е Е Index The position in the welding seams 1 All 2 The bottom and vertical 4 Especially good «top-down» Type toughness KCV Requirements E J at -46 C E J at -46 C E J at -18 C The hydrogen content in the weld metal H4 < 4 ml/100 g H8 < 8 ml/100 g 16 < 16 ml/100 g E H4 R Key indices The first index - position welding Coating type, type of current, polarity, performance, etc. 10 Cellulosic. DC (+). The slag is thin, fragile. It provides deep penetration 11 Similarly, «10», AC, DC (+) 12 Rutile. AC, DC (-) 13 Are similar to «12». AC, DC (-) Provides the ability to weld at low voltage idling arc power supply 14 Similarly, «13», but the coating contains iron powder (higher efficiency) AC and DC 15 Basic. DC (+) 16 Are similar to «15». AC, DC (+) 18 Similarly, «16», the coating contains iron powder (high performance) 20 Sour, contains large amounts of iron oxides. AC, DC. Slag fragile, porous, easily separated 24 Rutile comprises iron powder more than the electrodes «14». AC, DC 27 Sour. AC, DC (-) welding is performed by bearing 28 Basic. Performance is higher than the electrodes «18». AC, DC (+) R - index of water resistance coating (test electrode has a moisture content not exceeding 0.3% after 9 hours in a room with a temperature of 26,7 C humidity 80%) 85

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS SMAW TYPE RUTILE Unique in its class, the electrode has excellent welding characteristics, designed for welding of low-carbon and low-alloy steels

87 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS SMAW TYPE RUTILE Unique in its class, the electrode has excellent welding characteristics, designed for welding of low-carbon and low-alloy steels with tensile strength up to 380 MPa in all positions with direct current of reverse polarity or alternating current. The electrode has a relatively low sensitivity to rust and other surface contaminants, ease of separation of the slag and the formation of a smooth surface of the weld bead with a smooth transition to the base metal. Due to the ease of both the first and repeated strikes, an electrode is indispensable for short welding seams root passes, and a tack of arc welding with occasional breakages. Unlike most of rutile electrodes, with the ability to weld in the «vertical down» position, combined with significantly lower thresholds of the minimum current at which a stable arc burns, OK allow for welding of thin-walled products, and also use this electrode for welding plated parts. Low open circuit voltage and stable arc burning at extremely low currents allows the use of these electrodes for welding from domestic sources. Welding current: AC, DC+-OCV 50V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn 0,08 0,3 0,4 Classification SFA/AWS A5.1 E6013 EN 499 E 38 0 RC 11 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 400 Tensile strength, MPa 510 Elongation, % 28 Charpy V, J 0 C C 35 Type Code Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Pallets Weight, kg Packaging OK _WGE 1.6x Standard OK (СВЭЛ) WМ0_WGE 2,0х300 4,5 720 Standard OK (СВЭЛ) WM0_WGE 2,5х350 5,3 954 Standard OK (СВЭЛ) WM0_WGE 3,0х350 5,3 954 Standard OK (СВЭЛ) WM0_WGE 4,0х450 6,6 950,4 Standard OK (СВЭЛ) WM0_WGE 5,0х450 6,6 950,4 Standard 86

TYPE RUTILE Universal electrodes intended for welding of low carbon and low-alloy structural steels with a carbon content up to 0.25% of DC of either polarity and alternating current.

88 TYPE RUTILE Universal electrodes intended for welding of low carbon and low-alloy structural steels with a carbon content up to 0.25% of DC of either polarity and alternating current. Characterized by excellent separability of slag in combination with a smooth transition from the weld bead to the base metal weld and smooth surface. This allows us to recommend the data electrodes for welding T-joints to guarantee to the concave joints when the quality of the formation of joints show increased requirements for welding in different spatial positions. Electrodes of small diameter can be used for welding from domestic sources with reduced open-circuit voltage. Welding is allowed on the oxidized surface and long arc. Welding current: AC, DC+-OCV 55V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods ОЗС-12 Classification SFA/AWS A5.1 E6013 EN 499 E 350 R 12 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn 0,04 0,2 0,6 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 290 Tensile strength, MPa 480 Elongation, % 22 Charpy V, J +20 C C 70 AND LOW ALLOY STEELS CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON SMAW Type Code Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Pallets Weight, kg Packs on a pallet, pcs Packaging ОЗС WM0_WGE 2,0х300 4, Standard ОЗС WM0_WGE 2,5х350 5, Standard ОЗС WM0_WGE 3,0х350 5, Standard ОЗС WM0_WGE 4,0х450 6, Standard ОЗС WM0_WGE 5,0х450 6, Standard 87

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS SMAW TYPE BASIC The electrodes are designed for welding very critical parts of the construction of low-carbon and lowalloy steels with tensile

89 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS SMAW TYPE BASIC The electrodes are designed for welding very critical parts of the construction of low-carbon and lowalloy steels with tensile strength up to 520 MPa in all positions except vertical downhill when to weld high demands on ductility and toughness, especially at low temperatures and alternating loads. The weld metal has a high resistance to crack formation and crystallization of low hydrogen content. Electrodes are prone to the formation of pores at welding on the oxidized surfaces of arc and elongation. Welding current: DC+ OCV 65V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods УОНИИ 13/55 Classification SFA/AWS A5.1 EN 499 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn 0,05 0,35 1,1 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 390 Tensile strength, MPa 480 Elongation, % 20 Charpy V, J +20 C C 70 E7015 E 42 3 B22 H10 Type Code Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Pallets Weight, kg Packs on a pallet, pcs Packaging УОНИИ-13/55(СВЭЛ) WM0_WGE 2,0х300 3, Standard УОНИИ-13/55 (СВЭЛ) WM0_WGE 2,5х350 4, Standard УОНИИ-13/55 (СВЭЛ) WM0_WGE 3,0х350 4, Standard УОНИИ-13/55 (СВЭЛ) WM0_WGE 4,0х450 6, Standard УОНИИ-13/55 (СВЭЛ) WM0_WGE 5,0х450 6, Standard 88

90 Welding electrodes LB-52U are intended for manual arc welding of carbon and low-alloy steels, with alternating (AC) and direct current (DC +). When the root pass is also used direct current straight polarity (DC-). Welding is performed in all positions, except vertical top down. Welding electrodes LB-52U (as well as and the electrodes SSSI) are electrodes with basic coating. At the heart of the coating contains carbonates and fluorides. Upon reaching temperatures high arc process occurs carbonate decomposition which is formed due to carbon monoxide, oxides of calcium and magnesium, carbon dioxide. Since hydrogen is not released, this group of electrodes is also referred to as low hydrogen electrodes. The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods LB-52U Classification SFA/AWS A5.1 EN E7016 E 42 2 B Typical all weld metal compositions, % С Si Mn Cr Ni Mo 0,06 0,51 1,01 0,03 0,01 0,01 AND LOW ALLOY STEELS CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON SMAW Typical mech. properties all weld metal Diffusion hydrogen content in ml / 100 g Charpy V, J Ø, мм Yield stress, MPa Tensile strength, MPa Elongation, % Code Ø electrode, mm L e n g t h Box weight, kg Weight additional The weight of one Number of electrodes Packaging electrode, mm package, kg electrode, g in the pack, pieces 52U02_WGKOB 2, Standard 52U03_WGKOB 3, Standard 52U04_WGKOB 4, Standard 52U05_WGKOB 5, Standard 89

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS TYPE BASIC Electrode with low hydrogen content for one-sided welding of pipelines and utility structures.

91 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS TYPE BASIC Electrode with low hydrogen content for one-sided welding of pipelines and utility structures. It features a large penetration depth, forming a flat seam with easily removable slag crust. Well-balanced slag system provides a stable arc burning and makes it easy to weld in all positions. It recommended for welding filler and cover passes of pipe joints strength class up to API 5LX56 and root passes strength class up to API 5LX70. Welding current: AC/DC+/- OCV 60V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Classification SFA/AWS A5.1 E EN 499 E 42 5 B12 H5 SMAW Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn 0,06 0,5 1,2 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 440 Tensile strength, MPa 530 Elongation, % 30 Charpy V, J -20 C C C 100 Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Pallets Weight, kg Min. Order, kg Packaging _WGE OK ,5x350 13,5 891,0 13,5 Standard G0_WGE OK ,5x350 10,2 683,4 10,2 VacPac _WGE OK ,2x350 14,1 930,6 14,4 Standard G0_WGE OK ,2x350 11,4 763,8 11,4 VacPac _WGE OK ,0x450 18,0 882,0 18,0 Standard V0_WGE OK ,0x450 15,2 744,8 668,8 VacPac _WGE OK ,0x450 17,7 867,3 17,7 Standard 90

SMAW covered electrods High-quality electrode with low hydrogen coating which is characterized by increased moisture resistance, for welding of

The weld metal has very high toughness performance and is highly resistant to hot cracking.

mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 480 Tensile strength, MPa 590 Elongation, % 28 Charpy V, J -20 C 115-40-50 C 50 SMAW s Code Type

92 SMAW covered electrods High-quality electrode with low hydrogen coating which is characterized by increased moisture resistance, for welding of especially responsible products of structural steels and high strength ship low-carbon and low-alloy steels such as A, D, E. The weld metal has very high toughness performance and is highly resistant to hot cracking. Welding current: AC/DC+/- OCV 65V Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding SMAW covered electrods OK Classification SFA/AWS A5.1 E EN E 46 5 B 32 Н5 AND LOW ALLOY STEELS CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn 0,07 0,5 1,4 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 480 Tensile strength, MPa 590 Elongation, % 28 Charpy V, J -20 C C 50 SMAW s Code Type Dimensions, Weight The number of packs Weight box, kg Pallets Weight, kg Min. Order, kg Packaging mm packs, kg per box, units _WGE OK ,5x350 4,1 3 12,3 811,8 12,3 Standard _WGE OK ,2x350 4,7 3 14,1 930,6 14,1 Standard _WGE OK ,0x450 6,2 3 18,6 911,4 18,6 Standard _WGE OK ,0x ,6 911,4 18,6 Standard 91

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS SMAW SMAW covered electrods BÖHLER FOX EV 50 TYPE BASIC Basic coated electrode for welding high carbon steels.

93 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS SMAW SMAW covered electrods BÖHLER FOX EV 50 TYPE BASIC Basic coated electrode for welding high carbon steels. High strength properties of the weld metal are stored at temperatures down to -50 C. Ratio of transition metal in the seam - 110%. Welding in all positions except vertical down. Low hydrogen content (HD <5 ml / 100 g). The electrode can be used for low-quality steels and welding steels with high carbon content. The electrode is used for welding critical metal structures, boilers, pressure vessels, used in shipbuilding, is used for applying buffer layers when surfacing wearresistant coatings on steel with a high carbon content. It is recommended for the construction of offshore structures (CODT test at -10 C). Classification SFA/AWS A5.1 EN 499: Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn 0,07 0,5 1,1 E H4 R E 42 5 B 4 2 H5 Welding practices Drying: C, 2h Ø, mm L, mm Welding curret, A / / Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa Tensile strength, MPa Elongation, % Charpy V, J +20 C C C s Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg The number of packs per box, units Weight box, kg Packaging 11540_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 50 2,0 x 250 mm 2,8 4 11,2 Standard 36403_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 50 2,5 x 250 mm 2,9 4 11,6 Standard 11543_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 50 2,5 x 350 mm 4,2 4 16,8 Standard 68550_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 50 3,2 x 350 mm 4,2 4 16,8 Standard 10100_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 50 3,2 x 450 mm 5,4 4 21,6 Standard 10101_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 50 4,0 x 450 mm 5,8 4 23,2 Standard 10102_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 50 5,0 x 450 mm 5,6 4 22,4 Standard 10103_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 50 6,0 x 450 mm 5,8 4 23,2 Standard 92

Popular welding rod for welding critical joints. Low Si content allows you to use this material for the products subject to the subsequent painting or galvanizing.

94 Popular welding rod for welding critical joints. Low Si content allows you to use this material for the products subject to the subsequent painting or galvanizing. Rods can also be used for welding products employed in acidic environments, HIC-test according to the NACE TM Welding practices Shielding gas: 100% Ar Ø, mm GTAW rods BÖHLER EML 5 Classification AWS A : ER 70 S-3 EN 1668: W 46 4 W2Si Typical all weld metal compositions, % С Si Mn 0,10 0,6 1,20 AND LOW ALLOY STEELS CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON Typical mech. properties all weld metal U S Yield stress, MPa 500 ( 460) 490 ( 460) Tensile strength, MPa 600 ( ) 570 ( ) Elongation, % 27 ( 23) 30 ( 23) Charpy V, J +20 C 220 ( 130) 200 ( 140) -20 C C ( 47) ( 47) GTAW s Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg The number of packs per box, units Weight box, kg Packaging 10248_EML16WGB BOEHLER EML 5 1,6 x 1000 mm Carton 25 kg 10249_EML20WGB BOEHLER EML 5 2,0 x 1000 mm Carton 25 kg 10250_EML24WGB BOEHLER EML 5 2,4 x 1000 mm Carton 25 kg 10251_EML30WGB BOEHLER EML 5 3,0 x 1000 mm Carton 25 kg 93

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS Wire rod with high si content. It recommended for welding boilers, pressure vessels, installation works.

95 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS Wire rod with high si content. It recommended for welding boilers, pressure vessels, installation works. Rod can also be used for welding products employed in acidic environments, hic-test according to the nace tm Positive results of ssc test. GTAW rods BÖHLER EMK 6 Classification AWS A : ER 70 S-6 EN 1668: W 42 5 W3Si Welding practices Shielding gas: 100% Ar Ø, mm Typical all weld metal compositions, % С Si Mn 0,10 0,9 1,4 GTAW Typical mech. properties all weld metal U S Yield stress, MPa 430 ( 420) 400 ( 360) Tensile strength, MPa 540 ( ) 510 ( ) Elongation, % 27% ( 20) 38% ( 24) Charpy V, J +20 C 160 ( 100) 180 ( 110) -40 C C ( 47) ( 47) s Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg The number of packs per box, units Weight box, kg Packaging 10226_EMK16WGB BOEHLER EMK 6 1,6 x 1000 mm Carton 25 kg 10230_EMK20WGB BOEHLER EMK 6 2,0 x 1000 mm Carton 25 kg 10227_EMK24WGB BOEHLER EMK 6 2,4 x 1000 mm Carton 25 kg 94

ER70S-6 copper plating welding wire is available for welding lowalloy and carbon steels, including shipbuilding, structural steel, vessels and containers, experiencing during operation high pressure

96 ER70S-6 copper plating welding wire is available for welding lowalloy and carbon steels, including shipbuilding, structural steel, vessels and containers, experiencing during operation high pressure pipes, boiler pipes of large and small diameters, also used in the construction and automotive. Welding is done in automatic and semi-automatic modes in inert gas or CO2 in mixtures. Welding wire ER70S-6 (AWS A5.18 standard) supplied by our company has significant advantages in comparison with domestic and foreign counterparts on operational and technical specifications. Advantages of copper covered wire welding: High quality weld. Arc stability under drip, spray arc electrode material to the weld pool. Unpretentiousness when using any of the welding equipment. Improved appearance and enhanced seam tightness. Reduction of porosity. Easy re-ignition. The minimum level of losses from spattering during the welding process in the shielding gas. GMAW Solid wire Welding Group Classification AWS A5.18 ER 70 S-6 EN G3Si1 Typical all weld metal compositions, % Type Weight, kg. C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Cu Mo V ER70S mm, 15kg , <0.01 ER70S mm, 15kg. 3015, <0.01 ER70S mm, 5kg. 5000, <0.01 ER70S mm, 15kg. 5010, <0.01 ER70S mm, 15kg , <0.01 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Type Yield stress, MPa Tensile strength, MPa Elongation, % Charpy V, J Temperature C ER70S mm, 15kg ER70S mm, 15kg ER70S mm, 5kg ER70S mm, 15kg ER70S mm, 15kg AND LOW ALLOY STEELS CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON GMAW 95

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS Universal copper-free welding wire with a unique surface treatment ASC (Advanced Surface Characteristics - surface with improved characteristics),

97 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS Universal copper-free welding wire with a unique surface treatment ASC (Advanced Surface Characteristics - surface with improved characteristics), designed for welding of structural unalloyed and low alloyed steels with tensile strength up to 420 MPa, operating at alternating loads and low temperatures. The high purity of the surface quality on the winding reel, stable diameter over the entire length in combination with a low content of impurities such as S and P, provide stable combustion wire spray with a minimum and a high quality weld metal. The absence of copper plating to avoid clogging of the guide channel and burning flakes of copper to the working surface of the contact tip, significantly increases the service life of torch consumables. The wire is particularly recommended for automatic and robotic welding. It has been widely used in shipbuilding, welding steel structures, mechanical engineering, manufacturing of bridge structures and many other industries. The wire has a resolution SEC «Bridges» on the application for all types of bridge structures (including w / d) all climatic performances (including Northern B). The high plastic properties of weld metal can be recommended for this wire type welding HARDOX steel. Manufactured diameters: 0.8 to 1.6 mm. GMAW Solid wire OK AristoRod Classification AWS A5.18 ER 70 S-6 EN G3Si1 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn 0,1 0,9 1,5 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 470 Tensile strength, MPa 560 Elongation, % 26 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 60 GMAW Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Pallets Weight, kg Packs on a pallet, pcs Packaging 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,8 15,0 840,0 15,0 K-300 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,8 200,0 800,0 800,0 Marathon Pac 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,9 250,0 1000,0 1000,0 Marathon Pac 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,0 18, ,0 18,0 K-300 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,0 250,0 1000,0 250,0 Marathon Pac 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,2 18, ,0 18,0 K-300 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,2 250,0 1000,0 250,0 Marathon Pac 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,2 475,0 950,0 950,0 Marathon Pac 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,4 475,0 950,0 950,0 Marathon Pac 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,0 950,0 Marathon Pac 1A _WGE OK AristoRod ,6 18, ,0 18,0 K

OK Autrod 12.51 - it is copper-plated MnSi-alloy wire ESAB solid wire for MIG welding of unalloyed steels in carbon dioxide, or a mixture of gases.

98 OK Autrod it is copper-plated MnSi-alloy wire ESAB solid wire for MIG welding of unalloyed steels in carbon dioxide, or a mixture of gases. It is used for welding construction general purpose, manufacturing car components, pressure vessels, as well as in shipbuilding. High purity and carefully controlled surface condition of the wire, and continuous copper coating optimum thickness reduces contamination copper dust feed system as compared with cheap MAG-wires. This ensures a longer time stable operation of feeders, small efforts wire feed and arc resistance and a small amount of spray in between the works of cleaning and maintenance and provides excellent quality of the weld. The chemical composition of the wire is carefully controlled in order to achieve consistently high weld mechanical properties. The chemical composition of OK Autrod corresponds to the domestic wire Св-08Г2С. Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn 0,1 0,9 1,5 GMAW Solid wire OK Autrod Classification AWS A5.18 ER 70 S-6 EN G3Si1 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 470 Tensile strength, MPa 560 Elongation, % 26 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 70 AND LOW ALLOY STEELS CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CARBON Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Pallets Weight, kg Min. order, kg Packaging _WGE OK Autrod ,6 5,0 750,0 5,0 D _WGE OK Autrod ,8 5,0 750,0 5,0 D _WGE OK Autrod ,8 15,0 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod ,8 200,0 800,0 800,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod ,9 250,0 1000,0 1000,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod ,0 5,0 750,0 5,0 D _WGE OK Autrod ,0 18, ,0 18,0 K _WCE OK Autrod ,2 5,0 750,0 5,0 D _WGE OK Autrod ,2 18, ,0 18,0 K _WGE OK Autrod ,2 250,0 1000,0 250,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod ,2 475,0 950,0 950,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod ,4 250,0 1000,0 1000,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod ,4 475,0 950,0 950,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod ,6 18, ,0 18,0 K _WGE OK Autrod ,6 475,0 950,0 950,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod ,0 450,0 900,0 900,0 Marathon Pac GMAW 97

99 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS Марка AWS EN Page SMAW - Shielded Metal Arc Welding Pipeweld 7010 E 7010-G E 42 2 Z C ОК E8018-G E 50 4 Z B 42 H5 100 BÖHLER FOX EV 60 E 8018-G H4 R E Ni B 4 2 H5 101 LB-62U E9016-G E6218-N1M1 U 102 LB-62D E9018-G E6218-N1M1 U 103 LB-106 E10016-G E6916-N3CM1 U 104 Classification of covered electrodes in accordance with EN 499 E Ni B 2 2 H10 Code of strength and plastic properties of the weld metal Designation for the toughness of the weld metal Designation of the chemical composition of deposited metal The abbreviation type cover Code position in the welding seams Designation of hydrogen content in the weld metal Designation for the toughness of the weld metal Designation Minimum Temperature Toughness 47 J, С Z not regulated A Code of strength and plastic properties of the weld metal Code Yield stress, MPa Tensile strength, MPa Elongation, % Designation of hydrogen content in the weld metal Designation The maximum hydrogen content, ml/100g Н5 5 Н10 10 Н15 15 The abbreviation type cover A - acid coating C - cellulose coating R - rutile RR - thick rutile coating RC - rutile-cellulose coating RA - rutile-acid coating RB - rutile-basic coating B - basic coverage Code position in the welding seams 1 - all the provisions 2 - all, except vertical top down 3 - butt seam in the lower position, the corner seam in the lower and horizontal position 4 - a corner butt joints and a lower position 5 - vertical seam from top to bottom and the position of the code Designation of the chemical composition of deposited metal Designation alloying Chemical composition 1) 2) 3) elements Mn Mo Ni Without designation 2,0 - - Mo 1,4 0,3 0,6 - MnMo >1,4 2,0 0,3 0,6-1Ni 1,4-0,6 1,2 2Ni 1,4-1,8 2,6 3Ni 1,4 - >2,6 3,8 Mn1Ni >1,4 2,0-0,6 1,2 1NiMo 1,4 0,3 0,6 0,6 1,2 Z Any other composition 98

TYPE CELLULOSE SMAW covered electrods Pipeweld 7010 Plus It is a more modern design of the electrode Pipeweld 7010.

100 TYPE CELLULOSE SMAW covered electrods Pipeweld 7010 Plus It is a more modern design of the electrode Pipeweld Designed for welding mostly in the «vertical down» root, fill and cap passes for pipeline strength class API 5L X52-X60. The application of these electrodes can significantly improve performance and reduce heat input, in comparison with the electrode for welding in the «vertical-up.» The arc when welding easily controlled, has a deep penetration, the weld pool quickly solidified, slag can be easily separated. It gives good results even when ill-fitting edges. Classification SFA/AWS A5.5 E7010-G EN 499 Е 42 2 Z С 21 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS Welding current: DC+/- Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: SMAW Typical all weld metal compositions, % С Si Mn Ni Mo 0,08 0,2 0,5 0,7 0,2 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 540 Tensile strength, MPa 630 Elongation, % 26 Charpy V, J -20 C C C 50 Code Type & Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Pallets Weight, kg Min order, kg Packaging 2P70323B40_WGE Pipeweld 7010 Plus 3.2x350 20, ,0 20,0 Standart 2P70403B40_WGE Pipeweld 7010 Plus 4.0x350 20, ,0 3360,0 Standart 2P70503B40_WGE Pipeweld 7010 Plus 5.0x350 20, ,0 3360,0 Standart 99

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS TYPE BASIC The electrodes are designed mainly for welding filler and cover layers orbital joints of pipelines in vertical

101 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS TYPE BASIC The electrodes are designed mainly for welding filler and cover layers orbital joints of pipelines in vertical position on the lifting strength class API 5L X60, X70, and other critical constructions normative yield point of 500 MPa, inclusive. Welding current: DC+/- Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Classification SFA/AWS A5.5 EN 499 E8018-G Е 50 4 Z 42 H5 SMAW Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Mo 0,08 0,4 1,5 0,4 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 540 МПа Tensile strength, MPa 630 МПа Elongation, % 26% Charpy V, J -20 C 110 Дж/см ² -40 C 80 Дж/см ² -60 C 50 Дж/см ² Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Weight boxes, kg Pallets Weight, kg Packaging _WGE OK ,2x350 4,5 13, ,5 Standart _WGE OK ,2x450 5,8 17,4 974,4 Standart _WGE OK ,0x450 6,0 18, ,0 Standart 100

$SMAW covered electrods BÖHLER FOX EV 60 TYPE BASIC Basic coated electrode with high content of Mn and Ni. The weld metal has high impact strength and fracture toughness, resistant to aging.$

102 SMAW covered electrods BÖHLER FOX EV 60 TYPE BASIC Basic coated electrode with high content of Mn and Ni. The weld metal has high impact strength and fracture toughness, resistant to aging. The electrode is designed for welding high-strength fine-grained steels working in the range of - 60 C to C. Ratio of transition metal in the seam 115%. Welding in all positions except from top to bottom. Low hydrogen content (HD <5 ml / 100g). Classification AWS A5.5-96: EN 499 E 8018-G H4 R E Ni B 4 2 H5 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS Welding practices Drying: C, 2h Ø, mm L, mm Welding curret, A Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Ni 0,07 0,3 1,3 0,9 SMAW Typical mech. properties all weld metal U S Yield stress, MPa 550 ( 460) 580 ( 530) Tensile strength, MPa 650 ( ) 570 ( ) Elongation, % 27 ( 23) 26 ( 18) Charpy V, J +20 C 180 ( 130) 110 ( 80) -60 C 110 ( 65) Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg The number of packs Weight boxes, kg Pack per box 47169_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 60 2,5 x 350 mm 4,1 4 16,4 стандартная 46962_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 60 3,2 x 350 mm 4,2 4 16,8 стандартная 46964_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 60 4,0 x 450 mm 5,9 4 23,6 стандартная 46966_EV WGB BOEHLER FOX EV 60 5,0 x 450 mm 5,6 4 22,4 стандартная 101

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS SMAW LB-62U waterproof coated electrode with extremely low hydrogen content, is designed for single-sided welding of pipes at any

103 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS SMAW LB-62U waterproof coated electrode with extremely low hydrogen content, is designed for single-sided welding of pipes at any position welding. Similarly, the electrode LB- 52U, it is extremely easy to use, has a high resistance to cracking when welding the root pass in pipe welding and is widely used in the construction of oil and gas pipelines. Superior performance welding in all welding positions The stability of the arc and little spatter. Good appearance of the outer roller when passing when welding root in the one-sided welding. By appropriate adjustment of the slag viscosity is easy to get a good look at the roll-sided welding in all positions. Furthermore, due to the large field admission accuracy LB-62U grooves electrode may assume that truly greatly contributes to weld in the field. Excellent cracking resistance and excellent mechanical properties. Low diffusible hydrogen levels and high resistance to weld cracking. NAKS certification tests confirmed that LB-106 in combination with the electrode with LB-62U sheeting provides excellent mechanical properties to the weld the welded pipe joints K55 K70 grade during filling and overlying layer. SMAW covered electrods LB-62U Classification SFA/AWS A5.5 E 9016-G EN 499 E 6218-N1M1 U Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn P S Ni Mo 0,08 0,64 1,03 0,010 0,004 0,59 0,24 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Mechanic properties HD, ml/100g Yield stress, MPa Tensile strength, MPa Elongation, % Charpy V (-20 C), J ,7 Type Code Weight packs, kg Weight boxes, kg Pack LB-62U 2.6x350mm 62U02_WGKOB 5 20 Standart LB-62U 3.2x350mm 62U03_WGKOB 5 20 Standart LB-62U 4.0x400mm 62U04_WGKOB 5 20 Standart 102

104 LB-62D - electrode of moisture-resistant iron powder coated with a low hydrogen content, is used for welding in all positions. It is very convenient to use when welding with direct current and, thanks to higher welding speed, it contributes to a significant increase welding productivity. Convenient to use in any position at DC welding Designed specifically for use with DC, LB-62D extremely suitable for use in DC welding and is the best electrode coated in-class durability. In addition, the iron powder included in the flux coating increases the deposition rate, which increases the productivity of welding. High resistance to cracking and excellent mechanical properties Low diffusible hydrogen levels and high resistance to weld cracking. NAKS certification tests confirmed that LB-62D coupled to the electrode with LB-52U sheeting provides excellent mechanical properties to the weld mark pipe welds K55- K60. SMAW covered electrods LB-62D Classification SFA/AWS A5.5 E 9018-G EN 499 E 6218-N1M1 U Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn P S Ni Mo 0,06 0,61 1,28 0,011 0,005 0,57 0,25 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS SMAW Typical mech. properties all weld metal mechanic properties Yield stress, MPa Tensile strength, MPa Elongation, % Charpy V (-20 C), J Type Code Weight packs, kg Weight boxes, kg Pack LB-62D 2.6x350mm 62D02_WGKOB 5 20 Standart LB-62D 3.2x350mm 62D03_WGKOB 5 20 Standart LB-62D 4.0x400mm 62D04_WGKOB 5 20 Standart 103

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS SMAW The electrodes LB-106 are designed for welding oil, gas pipelines and other objects of fuel and energy, including welding

105 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING HIGH-STRENGTH ALLOY AND HEAT-RESISTANT STEELS SMAW The electrodes LB-106 are designed for welding oil, gas pipelines and other objects of fuel and energy, including welding and repair filler and cover layers of pipe joints of carbon and low-carbon steel grades K55-K70 strength, as well as the joints of pipelines from steel of strength class K55-K60, located in seismically hazardous areas and the intersections of tectonic faults. LB-106 KOBELCO - electrode coated with a moisture resistant low hydrogen for welding in all spatial positions. It is very convenient and easy to use in all welding positions and ensures the absence of defects according to X-ray weld as well as excellent mechanical properties of the weld metal. Convenience and ease of use in all positions during welding. The electrode is suitable for welding polarities of both DC and AC, and delivers superior convenience and ease of use in its class tensile strength with the absence of defects according to the X-ray of the weld metal. High resistance to cracking and excellent mechanical properties. SMAW covered electrods LB-106 Классификация SFA/AWS A5.5 E E10016-G EN E6916-N3CM1 U Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn P S Ni Cr Mo 0,08 0,61 1,4 0,010 0,005 1,5 0,22 0,19 Typical mech. properties all weld metal mechanic properties Yield stress, Tensile strength, Elongation, % Charpy V MPa MPa (-20 C), J Type Code Weight packs, kg Weight boxes, kg Pack LB x350mm 10603_WGKOB 5 20 Standart LB x400mm 10604_WGKOB 5 20 Standart 104

106 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Марка AWS EN Page SMAW - Shielded Metal Arc Welding ОК E308H-15 E 19 9 H B ОК E308L-15 E 19 9 L B ОК E308L-17 E 19 9 L R ОК E316L-15 E L B ОК E316L-16 E L R ОК E316L-17 E L R BÖHLER FOX EAS 4M-A E 316L-17 E L R BÖHLER FOX SAS 2-A E E 19 9 Nb B BÖHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20 E NiCrFe-3 EL-NiCr 19 Nb 114 GTAW Gas Tungsten Arc Welding OK Tigrod 308L ER308L W 19 9 L 115 OK Tigrod 309L ER308L W L 116 OK Tigrod 316LSi ER316LSi W LSi 117 BÖHLER NIBAS 625-IG ER NiCrMo-3 SG-NiCr 21 Mo 9 Nb 118 GMAW - Gas Metal Arc Welding OK Autrod 308LSi ER308LSi G 19 9 LSi 119 OK Autrod 316LSi ER316LSi G LSi 120 OK Autrod 347Si ER347LSi G 19 9NbSi 121 SAW - Submerged Metal Automatic Welding OK Autrod 309L ЕR 309 L G L 122 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW Types welding electrodes for high-alloy steels. E 308 L (AWS A-5.4) - for welding and surfacing of austenitic steels with the requirement of resistance to the ICC from -196 to 450 C. E 316 L (AWS A-5.4) - for welding and surfacing of austenitic steel with the requirement of resistance to the ICC to 350 C. Welding at negative temperatures down to -120 C. The tensile strength of 580 MPa, elongation of 35-40%. E 309 L (AWS A-5.4) - for welding transition layer and double-layer steel dissimilar compounds (carbon and low alloy steels to austenitic) without the requirement of resistance to the ICC. Welds bilayer steels operated at temperatures from -70 to 600 C, and dissimilar steels from -40 to 400 C. E 347 L (AWS A-5.4) - for welding austenitic steels stabilized by niobium or titanium, ISC requirement resistance of -110 to 350 C in the state after welding, and after the stabilizing annealing to 650 C. Tensile strength up to 680 MPa, an elongation of 35%. 105

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS TYPE BASIC The electrode is designed for welding corrosionresistant chromium-nickel steels of AISI 304, 304H, and the like, when weld

107 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS TYPE BASIC The electrode is designed for welding corrosionresistant chromium-nickel steels of AISI 304, 304H, and the like, when weld metal does not impose strict requirements for resistance to intergranular corrosion, stainless steel provides overlay type AISI 308H. Designed specifically for facilities operating at elevated temperatures (700 C). The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal after the welding in the initial state is % (FN 2-5). Welding current: DC+ Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Classification SFA/AWS A5.4 E308H-15 EN 1600 E 19 9 H B 2 2 SMAW Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu 0,07 0,5 1,5 19,0 10,0 <0,5 <0,5 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 430 Tensile strength, MPa 600 Elongation, % 45% Charpy V, J +20 C 95 s Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Weight boxes, kg Weight pallets, kg Pack L0_WGE OK ,5x300 0,6 3,6 514,8 VacPac T0_WGE OK ,2x350 1,6 4,8 595,2 VacPac G0_WGE OK ,0x350 1,6 9,6 643,2 VacPAc 106

TYPE BASIC The electrode is suitable for welding of pipelines orbital joints, as well as other particularly critical parts of corrosion-resistant chromium-nickel steels AISI 304L, 321, 347 and the

108 TYPE BASIC The electrode is suitable for welding of pipelines orbital joints, as well as other particularly critical parts of corrosion-resistant chromium-nickel steels AISI 304L, 321, 347 and the like, operating at temperatures from -196 to C, when the metal seam imposed stringent requirements for resistance to intergranular corrosion, clean weld metal and plastic characteristics at cryogenic temperatures. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal in the initial state after welding of 2,5... 4,5% (FN 4-8). Welding current: DC+ Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Classification SFA/AWS A5.4 E308L-15 EN 1600 E 19 9 L B 2 2 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu <0,04 0,5 1,7 19,0 10,0 <0,3 <0,3 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 460 Tensile strength, MPa 580 Elongation, % 45 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 45 Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Weight boxes, kg Weight pallets, kg Pack L0_WGE OK ,5x300 0,7 4,2 600,6 VacPac T0_WGE OK ,2x350 1,7 5,1 632,4 VacPac G0_WGE OK ,0x350 1,7 10,2 683,4 VacPac G0_WGE OK ,0x350 1,6 9,6 643,2 VacPac 107

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW TYPE RUTIL General purpose electrode for welding products, operating at temperatures up to 400 C from a corrosion-resistant

109 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW TYPE RUTIL General purpose electrode for welding products, operating at temperatures up to 400 C from a corrosion-resistant chromium-nickel steels AISI 304L, 321, 347 and the like, when a weld metal strict requirements for resistance to inter-crystallite corrosion. The electrode is characterized by excellent weldability, minimal spatter and excellent slag removal. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal in the initial state after the welding is % (FN 3-10). Welding current: AC, DC+/-, OSV50V Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Classification SFA/AWS A5.4 E308L-17 EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 1 2 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu <0,03 0,7 0,9 19,5 10,0 <0,5 <0,5 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 430 Tensile strength, MPa 560 Elongation, % 43 Charpy V, J +20 C C 49 Code Type & Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK x300mm 9,60 739,2 9,6 Standart _WGE OK x300mm 9,60 739,2 9,6 Standart L0_WGE OK /4.VP 2,00x300 3,60 514,8 3,6 VacPac _WGE OK x300mm 9,00 693,0 9 Standart L0_WGE OK x300mm 1/4 VP 4,20 600,6 4,2 VacPac _WGE OK x350mm 12,30 811,8 12,3 Standart T0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 5,10 632,4 5,1 VacPac _WGE OK x350mm 12,30 811,8 12,3 Standart G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 10,20 683,4 10,2 VacPac G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 10,20 683,4 10,2 VacPac 108

TYPE BASIC The electrode is suitable for welding butt position of pipelines and other critical constructions operating in contact with the liquid aggressive non-oxidizing atmosphere at temperatures

110 TYPE BASIC The electrode is suitable for welding butt position of pipelines and other critical constructions operating in contact with the liquid aggressive non-oxidizing atmosphere at temperatures up to 350 C, as well as products operating at critically low temperatures (up to -196 C at a content in the weld metal ferrite FN 3-4) of corrosion-resistant chromium-nickel steels and chromium-nikel-molibden AISI 304L, 316L, 321, and the like. The weld metal meets the most stringent requirements for resistance to intergranular corrosion, clean weld metal and plastic properties at cryogenic temperatures. This electrode can also be used for certain welding of hardenable steels, such as armor. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal in the initial state after welding of 1,5... 4,5% (FN 3-8). Welding current: DC+ Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Classification SFA/AWS A5.4 E316L-15 EN 1600 E L B 2 2 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu <0,04 0,5 1,7 18,5 12,0 2,8 <0,3 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 430 Tensile strength, MPa 560 Elongation, % 40 Charpy V, J +20 C C C C 35 Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack L0_WGE OK x300mm 1/4 VP 4,20 600,6 4,2 VacPac T0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 5,10 632,4 5,1 VacPac G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 10,20 683,4 10,2 VacPac 109

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW TYPE RUTIL Electrode recommended for welding of thin-walled products (wall thickness about 2 mm) working in contact with a liquid

111 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW TYPE RUTIL Electrode recommended for welding of thin-walled products (wall thickness about 2 mm) working in contact with a liquid corrosive non-oxidizing atmosphere at a temperature of 350 C of corrosion resistant chromium-nickel and chromium-nickelmolybdenum steels AISI 304L, 316L, 318, 321, 347 and like, when a weld metal strict requirements for resistance to intergranular corrosion. The stable and soft arc at low currents and voltages enables welding products as downhill and uphill. Slag system forms stitches with minimum gain, which reduces the consumption of the welding electrode per unit weld length. The minimum number of welding spatter, excellent slag removal and excellent wetting of the joint edges reduce the loss of time for subsequent cleansing seam after welding. Corrosion resistance meets the most stringent requirements for operation in hostile environments, such as in the petrochemical or paper and pulp industry. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal in the initial state after the welding is % (FN 3-10). Welding current: AC, DC+, OSV50 Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Classification SFA/AWS A5.4 E316L-16 EN 1600 E L R 11 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu <0,03 <0,9 0,9 18,3 12,0 2,8 <0,3 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 480 Tensile strength, MPa 590 Elongation, % 41 Charpy V, J +20 C C 48 Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK x300mm 9,60 739,2 9,6 Standart L0_WGE OK x300mm 1/4 VP 4,20 600,6 4,2 VacPac L0_WGE OK x300mm 1/4 VP 4,20 600,6 4,2 VacPac T0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 5,10 632,4 5,1 VacPac 110

112 TYPE RUTIL General purpose electrode for welding products, operating in contact with the liquid aggressive nonoxidizing atmosphere at temperatures up to 350 C from a corrosion-resistant chromium-nickel and chromium-nickel-molybdenum steels AISI 304L, 316L, 318, 321, 347 and the like, when the weld metal strict requirements for resistance to intergranular corrosion. The electrode is characterized by excellent weldability, minimal spatter and excellent slag removal. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal in the initial state after the welding is % (FN 3-10). Welding current: AC, DC+, OSV50 Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu <0,03 <0,9 0,9 18,0 12,0 2,8 <0,2 SMAW covered electrods OK Classification SFA/AWS A5.4 E316L-17 EN 1600 E L R 1 2 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 460 Tensile strength, MPa 570 Elongation, % 40 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 43 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK x300mm 9,60 739,2 9,6 Standart _WGE OK x300mm 9,60 739,2 9,6 Standart _WGE OK x300mm 10,20 785,4 10,2 Standart L0_WGE OK x300mm 1/4 VP 4,20 600,6 4,2 VacPac _WGE OK x350mm 12,30 811,8 12,3 Standart T0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 5,10 632,4 5,1 VacPac _WGE OK x350mm 12,90 851,4 12,9 Standart G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 10,20 683,4 10,2 VacPac _WGE OK ,00x350 12,30 811,8 12,3 Standart G0_WGE OK , MM 10,20 683,4 10,2 Standart 111

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS TYPE RUTIL SMAW covered electrods BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 М Electrode with rutile, the core of high-wire, mainly used for welding 1.

113 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS TYPE RUTIL SMAW covered electrods BÖHLER FOX EAS 4 М Electrode with rutile, the core of high-wire, mainly used for welding /316L type steels. BOHLER FOX EAS 4M has excellent weldability and is one of the most popular of the electrodes of this type in the world. The electrode operates on AC and DC currents at high permissible. Self releasing slag, smooth weld. Additional protection against the formation of pores achieved as a waterproof puddle and packaging electrode-sealed cans. Fully core doped electrode provides enhanced corrosion resistance. Resistance to intergranular corrosion at temperatures up to 400 C. Classification SFA/AWS A5.4 E316L-17 EN 1600 E L R 2 3 SMAW Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo <0,03 0,8 0,8 18,8 11,7 2,7 Welding practices Drying: C, 2h Ø, mm L, mm Welding curret, A / Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 460 Tensile strength, MPa 600 Elongation, % 36 Charpy V, J +20 C C 32 Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Packs in the box, un Weight boxes, kg Pack 61033_EAS25WGB BOEHLER FOX EAS 4 M 2,5 x 300 mm 3,7 3 11,1 Small tin / Carton 61034_EAS32WGB BOEHLER FOX EAS 4 M 3,2 x 350 mm 4,6 3 13,8 Small tin / Carton 10081_EAS40WGB BOEHLER FOX EAS 4 M 4,0 x 350 mm 4,8 3 14,4 Small tin / Carton 112

TYPE BASIC Electrode with basic coating, the core of high-wire, mainly used for welding stabilized with Ti and Nb chromium-nickel steels such as 1.4541 / 321/347.

114 TYPE BASIC Electrode with basic coating, the core of high-wire, mainly used for welding stabilized with Ti and Nb chromium-nickel steels such as / 321/347. The weld metal has a high toughness at temperatures down to -196 C, 100% radiographic joint density. Excellent welding characteristics in all positions provide the perfect shape of the root weld, overlapping great ability; easy control over the formation of the weld pool and slag removal. Trouble-free slag removal even when working in narrow-gap and minimum spatter formation provides a smooth clean surface weld, minimizes post weld surface treatment. The properties of the electrode allows to use it for assembly and welding of heavy thick-walled parts. Resistance to intergranular corrosion at temperatures up to 400 C. SMAW covered electrods BÖHLER FOX SAS 2 Classification SFA/AWS A5.4 E EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb B 2 2 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Nb <0,04 0,4 1,3 19,8 10,0 + CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW Welding practices Drying: no Ø, mm L, mm Welding curret, A Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 470 Tensile strength, MPa 640 Elongation, % 36 Charpy V, J +20 C C 32 Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Packs in the box, un Weight boxes, kg Pack 10663_SAS25WGB BOEHLER FOX SAS 2 2,5 x 300 mm 4,4 3 13,2 Small tin / Carton 10141_SAS32WGB BOEHLER FOX SAS 2 3,2 x 350 mm 4,5 3 13,5 Small tin / Carton 10142_SAS40WGB BOEHLER FOX SAS 2 4,0 x 350 mm 4,8 3 14,4 Small tin / Carton 113

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW TYPE BASIC SMAW covered electrods BÖHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20 Austenitic nickel-based electrode for welding nickel alloys, unalloyed and

115 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS SMAW TYPE BASIC SMAW covered electrods BÖHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20 Austenitic nickel-based electrode for welding nickel alloys, unalloyed and low alloyed steels with high strength steels. The weld metal has an austenitic structure, and has high creep strength, ductile at low temperatures (-196 C), resistant to thermal shock, corrosion and scale formation. Exceptional welding characteristics in all positions except verticaldown, easy slag removal, weld high degree of purity, resistance to porosity. Electrode and weld metal meet highest requirements. The electrode used primarily for welding components of chemical and petrochemical industry, nuclear and cryogenic technologies. For welding dissimilar materials, especially when the finished parts are subjected to post-weld heat treatment or are intended to work at temperatures above 400 C. For welding steel and alloys such as Incoloy 800, Inconel 600,600l, high-cr and Cr-Ni steels, nickel alloys and various combinations of Ni steels. Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe Co Ti 0,04 0,4 5,0 19,0 67,0 < 1,5 2,0 3,0 0,08 0,5 Classification AWS A : E NiCrFe-3 EN EL-NiCr 19 Nb Welding practices Drying: C, min. 2h Ø, mm L, mm Welding curret, A Typical mech. properties all weld metal U S1 S2 Yield stress, MPa 420 ( 380) 420 ( 380) 420 ( 380) Tensile strength, MPa 680 ( ) 680 ( ) 680 ( ) Elongation, % 40 ( 30) 42 ( 30) 43 ( 30) Charpy V, J +20 C 120 ( 80) 121 ( 80) 122 ( 80) -196 C 80 ( 32) 70 ( 32) 70 ( 32) Code Type Dimensions, mm Weight packs, kg Packs in the box, un Weight boxes, kg Pack 68826_NIBAS7025WGB BOEHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20 2,5 x 300 mm Small tin / Carton 57220_NIBAS7032WGB BOEHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20 3,2 x 300 mm 4,4 3 13,2 Small tin / Carton 57222_NIBAS7040WGB BOEHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20 4,0 x 350 mm 5,3 3 15,9 Small tin / Carton 60925_NIBAS7050WGB BOEHLER FOX NIBAS 70/20 5,0 x 400 mm 5,8 3 17,4 Small tin / Carton 114

116 Rods on the properties and function close to OK Tigrod 308LSi, but it is recommended for use when high content of silica is undesirable. For example, when welding structures with a high risk of hot cracking. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal after the welding in the initial state is ~ 4,5% (FN ~ 8). Manufactured diameters: 1.0 to 4.0 mm GTAW rods OK Tigrod 308L Classification SFA/AWS A5.9: ER308L EN ISO A: W 19 9 L CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 450 Tensile strength, MPa 645 Elongation, % 36 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 90 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni P S max 0,03 1,50-2,00 0,30-0,65 19,5-21,0 9,00-11,00 m a x 0,030 m a x 0,020 GTAW Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack R150_WGE OK Tigrod 308L 1.0x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 308L 1.2x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 308L 1.6x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 308L 2.0x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 308L 2.4x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 308L 3.2x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 308L 4.0x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart 115

GTAW CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Stainless steel welding rod dual purpose of which it is the first welding of cast and rolled from chrome-nickel steel oxidation

117 GTAW CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Stainless steel welding rod dual purpose of which it is the first welding of cast and rolled from chrome-nickel steel oxidation resistance of 310 AISI, 310S AISI and are similar to operating at temperatures up to 1000 C. The properties and purpose it is close to OK Tigrod 309LSi, but it is recommended for use when high content of silica is undesirable. For example, when welding at a high risk of hot cracking. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal after the welding in the initial state is ~ 5,5% (FN ~ 10). Manufactured diameters: 1.6 to 3.2 mm Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 430 Tensile strength, MPa 590 Elongation, % 40 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 90 GTAW rods OK Tigrod 309L Classification SFA/AWS A5.9: ER309L EN ISO A: W L Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni P S m a x 0,03 1,40-2,20 0,30-0,65 23,0-25,0 12,00-14,00 m a x 0,030 m a x 0,020 Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack R150_WGE OK Tigrod 309L 1.6x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 309L 2.0x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 309L 2.4x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 309L 3.2x1000mm 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart 116

Stainless steel welding rod with a reduced carbon content for welding products, operating at temperatures ranging from -196 to 350 C from the acid-corrosion-resistant chrome-nickel-molybdenum steels

118 Stainless steel welding rod with a reduced carbon content for welding products, operating at temperatures ranging from -196 to 350 C from the acid-corrosion-resistant chrome-nickel-molybdenum steels AISI 316L, 318 and similar to them, as well as chromium-nickel steels AISI 304L, and the like when the weld metal to strict requirements for resistance to intergranular corrosion. It can also be used for welding of chromium stainless steels ferritic class, when there is no contact with the seam sulfur environments and conditions of use of the product does not require the identity of the linear expansion coefficients of the ground and weld metal. The higher silicon content improves the welding properties such as wetting welded edges. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal after the welding in the initial state is ~ 4,5% (FN ~ 8). Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo P S m a x 0,03 1,50-2,30 0,65-1,00 18,0-20,0 11,00-13,00 2,50-3,00 m a x 0,030 m a x 0,020 GTAW rods OK Tigrod 316LSi Classification SFA/AWS A5.9: ER 316 LSi EN ISO A: W L Si Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 480 Tensile strength, MPa 630 Elongation, % 33 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 110 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack R150_WGE OK Tigrod 316LSi 1.2x1000 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 316LSi 1.6x1000 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 316LSi 2.0x1000 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 316LSi 2.4x1000 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 316LSi 3,2x1000 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart R150_WGE OK Tigrod 316LSi 4.0x1000 5kg 5,00 900,0 5,0 Standart GTAW 117

GTAW CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS TIG welding rod for welding nickel alloys (such as Inconel 625, Inconel 825), CrNiMo steels with a high content of Mo (for example,

119 GTAW CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS TIG welding rod for welding nickel alloys (such as Inconel 625, Inconel 825), CrNiMo steels with a high content of Mo (for example, 6% Mo steel); heatresistant steels, cryogenic steels, welding of dissimilar steels and difficult-to. It used for the manufacture of pressure vessels with operating temperatures from- 196 C to C, heat resistance at temperatures up to 1200 C (in an atmosphere free of sulfur compounds). Avoid temperatures in the range C due to potential embrittlement of the base metal. High resistance to hot cracking; diffusion of carbon at high temperatures and heat treatment is severely limited. Fully austenitic structure, the weld metal is resistant to thermal shock to stress corrosion and pitting corrosion (potential resistance PREn52). The low coefficient of thermal expansion, which is important when welding carbon and CrNi (Mo) steels. Welding practices Shieldeв gas: Ar, Ar+He Ø, mm GTAW rods BÖHLER NIBAS 625-IG Classification AWS A : ER NiCrMo-3 EN SG-NiCr 21 Mo 9 Nb Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Si Mn Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe 0,02 0,2 0,3 21,5 60,0 9,0 3,6 2.0 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 540 ( 460) Tensile strength, MPa 800 ( ) Elongation, % 38 ( 25) Charpy V, J +20 C 160( 130) -196 C 130 ( 32) Code Type Dimemsion, mm Weight packs, kg Packs in the Weight Pack box, un boxes, kg 70973_NIBAS62516WGB BOEHLER NIBAS 625-IG 1,6 x 1000 mm Carton 20 kg 71136_NIBAS62520WGB BOEHLER NIBAS 625-IG 2,0 x 1000 mm Carton 20 kg 71137_NIBAS62524WGB BOEHLER NIBAS 625-IG 2,4 x 1000 mm Carton 20 kg 118

The most commonly used stainless welding wire with low carbon content for welding products, operating at temperatures ranging from -196 to 350 C from a corrosion-resistant chromium-nickel steels AISI

120 The most commonly used stainless welding wire with low carbon content for welding products, operating at temperatures ranging from -196 to 350 C from a corrosion-resistant chromium-nickel steels AISI 304L, 321, 347 and the like, when the metal seam strict requirements for resistance to intergranular corrosion. The higher silicon content improves the welding properties such as wetting welded edges. High plastic properties of weld metal, generally allow for subsequent technological operations related to plastic deformation of the welded workpieces, without postweld heat treatment. Welding is preferably performed on hardware that supports MIG-puls mode. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal after the welding in the initial state is ~ 4,5% (FN ~ 8). GMAW Solid wire OK Autrod 308LSi Classification SFA/AWS A5.9: EN 12072: ER 308 LSi G 19 9 LSi CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 370 Tensile strength, MPa 620 Elongation, % 36 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 60 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni P S m a x 0,03 1,40-2,10 0,65-1,00 19,5-21,0 9,00-11,00 m a x 0,030 m a x 0,020 Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 0.6 5kg 5,00 500,0 100,0 D _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 0.8mm 5kg 5,00 750,0 5,0 D _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 0,8mm 200kg 200,00 400,0 400,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 0.8mm 100kg 100,00 400,0 400,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 0.8mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 1.0mm 5kg 5,00 750,0 750,0 D _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 1.0mm 250kg 250,00 500,0 250,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 1.0mm 100kg 100,00 400,0 100,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 1.0mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 1.2mm 250kg 250,00 500,0 250,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 1.2mm 100kg 100,00 400,0 400,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 1.2mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 308LSi 1.6mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K-300 GMAW 119

GMAW CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Stainless welding wire with low carbon content for welding articles operating at temperatures from -196 to 350 C from the

121 GMAW CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Stainless welding wire with low carbon content for welding articles operating at temperatures from -196 to 350 C from the acid-corrosion-resistant chromiumnickel-molybdenum steels AISI 316L, 318 and similar to them, as well as CrNi steels AISI 304L, 321, 347 and the like when the weld metal to strict requirements for resistance to inter-crystallite corrosion. The higher silicon content improves the welding properties such as wetting welded edges. High plastic properties of weld metal, generally allow for subsequent technological operations related to plastic deformation of the welded workpieces, without post-weld heat treatment. Welding is preferably performed on hardware that supports MIG-puls mode. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal after the welding in the initial state is ~ 4,5% (FN ~ 8). Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo P S m a x 0,03 1,50-2,30 0,65-1,00 18,0-20,0 11,00-13,00 2,50-3,00 GMAW Solid wire OK Autrod 316LSi m a x 0,030 m a x 0,020 Classification SFA/AWS A5.9: EN 12072: Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 440 Tensile strength, MPa 620 Elongation, % 37 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 55 ER 316 LSi G LSi Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 0.6mm 5kg 5,00 600,0 100,0 D _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 0.8mm 5kg 5,00 750,0 5,0 D _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 0.8mm 100kg 100,00 400,0 400,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 0.8mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 1.0mm 5 kg. 5,00 750,0 5,0 D _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 1.0mm 250kg 250,00 500,0 250,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 1.0mm 100kg 100,00 400,0 400,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 1.0mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 1.2mm 250kg 250,00 500,0 500,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 1.2mm 100kg 100,00 400,0 400,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 1.2mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 316LSi 1.6mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K

Stainless welding wire is designed for welding of corrosion-resistant chromium-nickel steels AISI 321, 347 and the like, when a weld metal strict requirements for resistance to intergranular

122 Stainless welding wire is designed for welding of corrosion-resistant chromium-nickel steels AISI 321, 347 and the like, when a weld metal strict requirements for resistance to intergranular corrosion. The doping of the niobium alloy products can increase the temperature of operation, compared with the wires ER308L type, up to 400 C, ensuring high corrosion resistance of the deposited metal, and articles that have been austenitized joke, can be operated at temperatures down to -196 C. Welding is preferably performed on hardware that supports MIG-puls mode. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal after the welding in the initial state is ~ 4,5% (FN ~ 8). GMAW Solid wire OK Autrod 347Si Classification SFA/AWS A5.9: EN 12072: ER 347 Si G 19 9 NbSi CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 440 Tensile strength, MPa 640 Elongation, % 37 Charpy V, J +20 C C 80 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni Nb P S m a x 0,08 1,00-2,50 0,65-1,00 19,0-21,0 9,00-11,00 10х%С- 1,00 m a x 0,030 m a x 0,020 Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Autrod 347Si 0.8mm 5kg 5,00 750,0 5,0 D _WGE OK Autrod 347Si 0.8mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 347Si 1.0mm 5kg 5,00 750,0 5,0 D _WGE OK Autrod 347Si 1.0mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 347Si 1.2mm 250kg 250,00 500,0 500,0 Marathon Pac _WGE OK Autrod 347Si 1.2mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 347Si 1.6mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K-300 GMAW 121

SAW CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Stainless welding wire dual purpose, the first purpose of which is the welding of cast and rolled nickelchromium steels scaling type

123 SAW CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF STAINLESS AND HEAT RESISTING STEELS Stainless welding wire dual purpose, the first purpose of which is the welding of cast and rolled nickelchromium steels scaling type AISI 310, 310S and similar to them, operating at temperatures up to 1000 C. The properties and purpose it is close to OK Autrod 309LSi, but it is recommended for use when high content of silica is undesirable. For example, when welding at a high risk of hot cracking. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal after the welding in the initial state is about 5% (FN ~ 9). Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 440 Tensile strength, MPa 600 Elongation, % 41 Charpy V, J +20 C C C 60 GMAW Solid wire OK Autrod 309L Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni P S m a x 0,03 1,40-2,20 0,30-0,65 Classification SFA/AWS A5.9-81: ER 309 L EN 12072: G L 23,0-25,0 12,00-14,00 m a x 0,030 Code Type Weight packs, kg Weight pallets, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Autrod 309L 0.8mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 309L 1.0mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 309L 1.2mm 15kg 15,00 840,0 15,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 309L 2.4mm 25kg 25,00 750,0 25,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 309L 3.2mm 25kg 25,00 750,0 25,0 K _WGE OK Autrod 309L 4.0mm 25kg 25,00 750,0 25,0 K-415 m a x 0,

124 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CAST IRON AND NICKEL-BASED ALLOYS Type AWS EN Page SMAW - Shielded Metal Arc Welding OK NiCrMo-3 (ОК 92.45) ENiCrMo-3 E Ni OK NiFe-CI-A (ОК 92.58) ENiFe-Cl-A E C NiFe-Cl-A OK NiFe-Cl (OK 92.60) ENiFe-Cl E C NiFe Classification of the welding material in accordance with standard ISO 1071:2003 ISO 1071:1 C code that defines the type of welding material Code E R S T Type of welding material covered electrodes Rods for gas welding Wire or rod f for arc welding with protective gas flux-cored wire С - index indicating that the welding material used for welding cast iron 2 - group indices that determine the chemical composition of the weld metal according to table. 2 or 3 ISO 1071 standard. Code Fe FeC... Ni... NiFe... NiFeMn... NiCu... CuSn... CuAl... CuMnNiAl... Type alloy weld metal The low alloy steel On the basis of iron Almost pure nickel On the basis of iron-nickel alloy On the basis of iron-nickel alloy is further alloyed with manganese A nickel-copper alloy On the basis of tin bronze On the basis of aluminum bronze Based on the tin-free brass alloy with manganese, aluminum and nickel 3 - index, which determines the composition of the shielding gas for flux cored wire: C- 100% CO2 M MIX (Ar+CO2) N - self-shielding 4 - index measuring electrode deposition rate (weight of deposited metal to the weight of the spent rod), the genus and the polarity of the applied current. 123

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CAST IRON AND NICKEL-BASED ALLOYS SMAW The electrode is designed for welding corrosionresistant nickel alloys such as Incoloy 800 and 825, Inconel 625, and the like operating

125 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CAST IRON AND NICKEL-BASED ALLOYS SMAW The electrode is designed for welding corrosionresistant nickel alloys such as Incoloy 800 and 825, Inconel 625, and the like operating in contact with aggressive environments at temperatures from -196 to 550 C, super austenitic stainless steels with a molybdenum content of up to 6% of type 254 SMO (eg UNS S31254), and the like, high strength steels cryogenic purposes, doped or 9 5% Ni, steels with poor weldability and welding transitional and cladding layers of corrosion products on low carbon and low alloy steels structural and heat. The weld metal has a high resistance to stress corrosion cracking, sufficiently high heat resistance at temperatures up to 1000 C and resistant to the formation of scale at temperatures up to 1175 C in an atmosphere containing no sulfur compounds. However, we must remember that the alloy is exposed to high temperature embrittlement at a temperature of C. Therefore, welding products, operating in this temperature range, it is not recommended to use the data electrodes. The content of the ferrite phase in the weld metal after the welding in the initial state is 0% (FN 0). Сovered electrods OK NiCrMo-3 (92.45) Classification SFA/AWS A5.11: E Ni 6625: ENiCrMo-3 NiCr22Mo9Nb Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Ni Cr Mo Nb Fe P S m a x 0,05 0,2 0, ,7 9,3 3,3 2,0 m a x 0,020 m a x 0,010 Welding current: AC/DC+ Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 500 МПа Tensile strength, MPa 780 МПа Elongation, % 35% Charpy V, J +20 C 70 Дж/см ² -196 C 50 Дж/см ² s Code Type and dimensions Weight packs, kg Weight pallet, kg Min. order, kg Pack L0_WGE OK x300mm 1/4 VP 3,60 514,8 3,6 VacPac L0_WGE OK x350mm 1/4 VP 4,20 520,8 0,7 VacPac G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 10,80 723,6 1,8 VacPac G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 12,00 804,0 12,0 VacPac 124

126 An electrode with a core of iron-nickel alloy, designed for welding, repair and welding defects in products made of gray, ductile and malleable cast iron, as well as the welding of cast iron and steel. The weld metal has a high strength, resistance to hot cracking, and less sensitive to impurities in comparison with OK Therefore, it is more suitable for welding malleable and ductile iron products operating at high loads, multi-pass welding in the butchering of large thickness, as well as gray cast iron with a high content of sulfur and phosphorus. Low open circuit voltage allows for welding from household power sources. Welding is performed on cold or with slight heating. Welding seams overlay only in the longitudinal direction without electrode oscillation portions not more than 50 mm. When multilayer surfacing, layer by layer to cool in air to a temperature of 60 C. Immediately after welding forged welding seams, until the weld metal has a dull red color. Cool slowly as possible, preferably in sawdust or sand heat pearlite. Welding current: AC/DC+ Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: Сovered electrods OK NiFe-Cl-A (92.58) Typical all weld metal compositions, % Classification SFA/AWS A5.15: ENiFe-Cl-A EN ISO 1071: E C NiFe-Cl-A 1 C Ni Fe Si Al P S 1,50 51,0 46,0 0,70 1,40 m a x m a x 0,020 0,010 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 380 Tensile strength, MPa 560 Elongation, % 15 ONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CAST IRON AND NICKEL-BASED ALLOYS SMAW Code Type and dimensions Weight packs, kg Weight pallet, kg Min. order, kg Pack L0_WGE OK x350mm 1/4 VP 4,20 600,6 0,7 VacPac L0_WGE OK x350mm 1/4 VP 4,20 520,8 0,7 VacPac G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 11,40 763,8 1,9 VacPac 125

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CAST IRON AND NICKEL-BASED ALLOYS SMAW By purpose and characteristics of the deposited metal electrode is close to OK NiFe-Cl-A.

127 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING CAST IRON AND NICKEL-BASED ALLOYS SMAW By purpose and characteristics of the deposited metal electrode is close to OK NiFe-Cl-A. However, its distinguishing feature is the fact that the rod is nickel rod encased in a steel shell. The second distinctive feature of the OK NiFe-Cl-A is a lower aluminum content in the weld metal. This improves the plastic properties of weld metal, but slightly increases the risk of formation of gas pores. This design allows for higher welding currents and to increase the arc stability. The weld metal has the highest strength properties of the entire line of welding consumables intended for the welding of cast iron produced by ESAB concern, it can be used for welding heavy-duty products. Welding current: AC/DC+, OSV45V Re-drying if necessary: C, 2 h. The spatial position of the welding: Сovered electrods OK NiFe-CI (92.60) Classification SFA/AWS A5.15: ENiFe-Cl EN ISO 1071: E C NiFe-1 3 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Ni Fe Si Al Nb Cu P S 1,50 51,0 46,0 0,70 1,40 0,70 1,40 m a x 0,020 m a x 0,010 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 380 МПа Tensile strength, MPa 560 МПа Elongation, % >15% Code Type and dimensions Weight packs, kg Weight pallet, kg Min. order, kg Pack L0_WGE OK x300mm 1/4 VP 4,80 686,4 4,8 VacPac L0_WGE OK x350mm 1/4 VP 4,20 520,8 0,7 VacPac G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 12,60 844,2 2,1 VacPac 126

128 Марка AWS EN Page SMAW - Shielded Metal Arc Welding CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS OK AlMn1 128 OK AlSi GTAW Gas Tungsten Arc Welding OK Tigrod S Al OK Tigrod 5356 R5356 S Al GMAW - Gas Metal Arc Welding OK Autrod S Al OK Autrod 5356 ER5356 S Al ISO standard, according to which the classification is carried out 1 - an index that determines the type of welding material S - wire or rod solid section Index no covering of the electrode Al - Welding material based on aluminum alloy 1st digital code, which determines the chemical composition of the weld metal according to Tab.1 ISO standard. Index 1ХХХ 2ХХХ 3ХХХ 4ХХХ 5ХХХ alloy doping type alloying elements in significant amounts are not present (alloys close to the pure aluminum) aluminum-copper alloy Aluminum-manganese alloys aluminum-silicon alloy aluminum-magnesium alloy 2 - the corresponding index, showing the main alloying elements of the alloy and the typical content of%, which determines the chemical composition of the weld metal according to Tab.1 ISO standard. AWS A5.10: 1 2 AWS A standard according to which the classification is carried out 1 index, determining as a type of material used, this welding wire E - as R- consumable electrode welding rod as ER - it can be used as a consumable electrode as well as a welding rod A

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS An electrode for welding weldable aluminum alloys such as aluminum-magnesium and aluminummanganese, for the manufacture of containers

129 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS An electrode for welding weldable aluminum alloys such as aluminum-magnesium and aluminummanganese, for the manufacture of containers used in brewing and dairy industries, various designs in shipbuilding. It has an aluminum-manganese core and a special coating. In some cases, requires preheating to C. For maximum corrosion resistance, careful removal of slag. Current = (+) Calcining modes: C, 1 hour The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Classification EN ISO 18273: AlMn1 SMAW Typical mech. properties all weld metal not regulated Typical all weld metal compositions, % Al Mn Si Fe basis 1,0 0,5 0,7 Code Type and dimensions Weight packs, kg Weight pallet, kg Min. order, kg Pack S0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 4,00 288,0 1,0 VacPac S0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 4,00 288,0 1,0 VacPac 128

An electrode for welding cast aluminum alloys (including silumin) rolled and welded aluminum alloys. It has aluminum-silicon core and a special coating.

130 An electrode for welding cast aluminum alloys (including silumin) rolled and welded aluminum alloys. It has aluminum-silicon core and a special coating. Silumin used for welding parts in internal combustion engines, various designs in construction. It recommended preheating to C, at least initially welding due to the high thermal conductivity of aluminum alloys. Requirements for slag removal and storage conditions are similar to OK Current = (+) Calcining modes: C, 1 hour The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Classification EN ISO 18273: AlSi12 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS Typical mech. properties all weld metal not regulated Typical all weld metal compositions, % Al Si Fe basis 12,0 0,8 SMAW Code Type and dimensions Weight packs, kg Weight pallet, kg Min. order, kg Pack S0_WGE OK ,5x350mm 1/2 VP 4,00 288,0 1,0 VacPac S0_WGE OK ,5x350mm 1/2 VP 4,00 288,0 1,0 VacPac 129

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS Rods intended for welding of chemically pure aluminum, which are subject to stringent requirements for resistance to corrosion by

131 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS Rods intended for welding of chemically pure aluminum, which are subject to stringent requirements for resistance to corrosion by contact with chemically aggressive environments. The weld metal is not prone to stress corrosion cracking at operating temperatures above 65 C, has a sufficiently high plastic properties allowing to carry out rolling and forming, as well as to carry out anodizing products after welding. Manufactured diameters: 1.6 to 4.0 mm GTAW rods OK Tigrod 1070 Classification EN ISO 18273: S Al 1070 GTAW Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 35 Tensile strength, MPa 75 Elongation, % 33 Typical all weld metal compositions, % Si Mn V Cu Al Ti Zn Fe <0,20 <0,03 <0,05 <0,04 >99,7 <0,03 <0,04 <0,25 Code Brand and diameter Weight packs, kg Weight pallet, kg Min. order, kg Pack R120_WGE OK Tigrod ,0x1000mm 2.5kg 2,50 300,0 2,5 Standart R120_WGE OK Tigrod ,4x1000mm 2.5kg 2,50 300,0 2,5 Standart R120_WGE OK Tigrod x1000mm 2.5kg 2,50 300,0 2,5 Standart R120_WGE OK Tigrod ,0x1000mm 2.5kg 2,50 540,0 10,0 Standart 130

132 The rods intended for welding of the aluminummagnesium alloy with a magnesium 5xxx group containing from 3 to 5%. The weld metal has a relatively high strength, excellent corrosion resistance and has a color identical to the base metal during anodizing, but it is prone to stress corrosion cracking at operating temperatures above 65 C. This rod is widely used in the shipbuilding and automotive, containers for storage and transportation of liquid and bulk products and many other industries. It can also be used for welding aluminum-magnesiumsilicon alloys 6xxx group type EN AW 6060/6063, 6005, 6201, and similar to them, as well as for the welding of these alloys with alloys 1xxx, 3xxx and 5xxx groups if the share of the filler material in the welded seam over 50%. Manufactured diameters: 1.6 to 4.8 mm GTAW rods OK Tigrod 5356 Classification SFA/AWS A5.10: R5356 EN ISO 18273: S Al 5356 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS Typical all weld metal compositions, % Al Mg Mn Ti Cr основа 4,50-5,50 0,10-0,20 0,06-0,20 0,05-0,20 Typical all weld metal compositions, % Yield stress, MPa 120 Tensile strength, MPa 265 Elongation, % 26 GTAW Code Brand and diameter Weight packs, kg Weight pallet, kg Min. order, kg Pack R120_WGE OK Tigrod x1000mm 2.5kg 2,50 540,0 2,5 Standart R120_WGE OK Tigrod ,0x1000mm 2.5kg 2,50 540,0 2,5 Standart R120_WGE OK Tigrod x1000mm 2.5kg 2,50 540,0 2,5 Standart R120_WGE OK Tigrod x1000mm 2.5kg 2,50 540,0 2,5 Standart R120_WGE OK Tigrod x1000mm 2.5kg 2,50 540,0 2,5 Standart 131

CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS Wire for welding products of chemically pure aluminum, for which strict requirements for resistance to erosion by contact with

133 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS Wire for welding products of chemically pure aluminum, for which strict requirements for resistance to erosion by contact with chemically aggressive environments. The weld metal is not prone to stress corrosion cracking at operating temperatures above 65 C, has a sufficiently high plastic properties allowing to carry out rolling and forming, as well as to carry out anodizing products after welding. Welding is recommended on hardware that supports MIG-puls mode. Manufactured diameters: 1.0 to 2.4 mm GMAW Solid wire OK Autrod 1070 Classification EN ISO 18273: S Al 1070 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 35 Tensile strength, MPa 75 Elongation, % 45 Typical all weld metal compositions, % Si Mn V Cu Al Fe <0,20 <0,03 <0,05 <0,04 >99,7 <0,25 GMAW Code Brand and diameter Weight packs, kg Weight pallet, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Autrod mm 7kg 7,00 525,0 14,0 K _WGE OK Autrod mm 7kg 7,00 525,0 7,0 K _WGE OK Autrod mm 7kg 7,00 525,0 7,0 K _WGE OK Autrod mm 7kg 7,00 525,0 7,0 K

134 This is the most common wire for welding of aluminum-magnesium alloy with a magnesium 5xxx group content of more than 3 to 5%. The weld metal has a relatively high strength, excellent corrosion resistance and has a color identical to the base metal during anodizing, but it is prone to stress corrosion cracking at operating temperatures above 65 C. This wire is widely used in the shipbuilding and automotive, containers for storage and transportation of liquid and bulk products and many other industries. It can also be used for welding aluminum alloys 6xxx group magnievokremnievyh type EN AW 6060/6063, 6005, 6201, and similar to them, as well as for the welding of these alloys with alloys 1xxx, 3xxx and 5xxx groups if the share of the filler material in a weld 50%. Welding is recommended on hardware that supports MIG-puls mode. Manufactured diameters: 0.8 to 2.4 mm GMAW Solid wire OK Autrod 5356 Classification SFA/AWS A5.10: ER5356 EN ISO 18273: S Al 5356 CONSUMABLES FOR WELDING OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND THEIR ALLOYS Typical all weld metal compositions, % Al Mg Mn Ti Cr basic 4,50-5,50 0,10-0,20 0,06-0,20 0,05-0,20 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Yield stress, MPa 120 Tensile strength, MPa 165 Elongation, % 26 Code Brand and diameter Weight packs, kg Weight pallet, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Autrod mm 6kg 6,00 450,0 30,0 D _WGE OK Autrod mm 4x 0.5kg 2,00 396,0 100,0 D _WGE OK Autrod ,0 mm 7kg 7,00 525,0 7,0 K _WGE OK Autrod mm 7kg 7,00 525,0 7,0 K _WGE OK Autrod mm 7kg 7,00 525,0 7,0 K-300 GMAW 133

135 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS Марка AWS DIN Page SMAW - Shielded Metal Arc Welding OK Weartrode 30 (OK 83.28) - E 1-UM OK Weartrode 60 (OK 83.65) - E 2-UM-60-G 136 OK Weartrode 55 HD (OK 84.58) - E 6-UM-55-G 137 OK Weartrode 60 HT (OK 84.78) - E 10-UM-60-GZ 138 OK Weartrode 62 (OK 84.84) - E 10-UM-60-GP 139 OK 13Mn (OK 86.08) - E 7-UM-200-K 140 OK 14MnNi (OK 86.28) - E 8-UM-200-K 141 OK NiCrMo-5 (OK 92.35) ENiCrMo-3 E 23-UM-250-CKT 142 OK Tubrodur 55 O A (OK Tubrodur 14.70) - MF 10-GF-55-GTZ 143 OK Tubrodur 200 O D (OK Tubrodur 14.71) - MF 8-GF-200-CKPZ 144 OK Tubrodur 35 G М (OK Tubrodur 15.40) - MF 1-GF-350-P 145 OK Tubrodur 30 O М (OK Tubrodur 15.41) - MF 1-GF OK Tubrodur 40 O М (OK Tubrodur 15.42) - MF 1-GF OK Tubrodur 35 O M (OK Tubrodur 15.43) - MF 7-GF-250-GKPR 148 The structure of the designation of welding consumables for surfacing hardening according to DIN E 2 UM 55 GP Welding method Alloys group Method of production Hardness of weld metal (НВ) Properties of the weld metal 3. Method of production GW Rolling GO Casting GZ Drawing GS caking GF cored wire UM Covered electrodes 1. Welding method G Гgas welding E Manual arc welding MF Welding flux cored wire TIG Welding Tungsten inert gas MIG Welding consumable electrode in protective gas UP Submerged arc welding 2. Alloys Group 1 Alloy with C 0.4% or alloy and with C 0,4% Cr, Mn, Mo, Ni5% 2 Alloy with C> 0.4% or alloy with C> 0.4% Cr, Mn, Mo, Ni5% 3 The alloy for use at high temperatures 4 The alloy for surfacing cutting tools 5 The alloy Cr5% low carbon content up to 0.2% 6 The alloy Cr5% with a high carbon content (0.2% C 2%) 7 Manganese austenitic Mn = 11-18%, C0,5%, Ni3% 8 Cr-Ni-Mn - austenitic alloys 9 Cr-Ni steel (resistant to rust, acid and high temperature) 10 High-carbon high-chromium alloy without carbide 20 Co-based alloy, alloyed with W and Cr, or Ni and Mo without additives 21 Containing carbide (slag, casting or powder) 22 Alloys based additives Ni c Cr or Cr-B 23 Ni-based alloys with additions of Mo and Cr (with or without Cr) 30 Alloys based on Cu, Sn additives 31 Alloys based on Cu, Al additives 32 Alloys based on Cu, Ni with additives 4. Hardness of weld metal (НВ) More Properties of the weld metal C Corrosion-resistant G Abrasion Resistant K Able to harden during operation N not magnetic P Resistant to shock loads R Resistant against rust S High cutting performance T High strength, including cutting tool Z heat resistance 134

Type basic The electrode is provided in the surfacing low alloy martensitic steels for hardening and reducing cladding surfaces, working in conditions of friction of metal on metal.

136 Type basic The electrode is provided in the surfacing low alloy martensitic steels for hardening and reducing cladding surfaces, working in conditions of friction of metal on metal. Used for surfacing Track Shoe, shafts, end rails, frogs and wits, the large cast of teeth of gears, as well as parts of ball mills, such as grooved rollers and grippers. Machinability of weld metal is good, impact resistance very good resistance to abrasion of metal on metal is very good. Current: ~ / = (+) Calcining modes: C, 2 h Open circuit voltage: 70 V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Weartrode 30 Classification DIN 8555: E 1-UM-300 EN 14700: E Z Fe 1 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr P S 0,10 0,70 0,40 3,20 max 0,030 max 0,030 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Hardness of weld metal after welding (without preheating, interpass temperature <90 C) ~ 300 HB CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK x450mm 15,00 735,0 15 Standart _WGE OK x450mm 17,10 837,9 17,1 Standart _WGE OK ,0x450mm 17,40 852,6 17,4 Standart 135

SMAW covered electrods OK Weartrode 60 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Type basic The electrode is provided in the surfacing low alloy martensitic steels intended for hardening of

137 SMAW covered electrods OK Weartrode 60 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Type basic The electrode is provided in the surfacing low alloy martensitic steels intended for hardening of surfaces, working in conditions of intense abrasive wear. Alloy layer is relatively well resists scale formation at elevated temperatures (up to 875 C). The electrodes are used for welding are subject to wear during the extraction of stone machinery parts, coal, dredging, sand and gravel. It is also used for hardening surfacing drag buckets, feed screws, grinders, blade scrapers graders and excavators, surfaces of parts of agricultural machines, working in dry soils. Machinability of weld metal - only abrasive, abrasion resistance is very good, satisfactory heat resistance. Current: ~ / = (+) baking modes: C, 2 hours Open circuit voltage: 70 V The spatial position of the welding: Classification DIN 8555: E 2-UM-60-G EN 14700: E Z Fe 2 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr P S 0,80 0,60 4,00 2,00 max 0,030 max 0,030 Typical mech. properties all weld metal The hardness of the surface layer in the third HRC deposition after welding (without preheating, interpass temperature 60 C) The hardness of the surface layer in the third HRC deposition after welding (preheating and interpass temperature of 300 C) Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK x450mm 15,60 764,4 15,6 Standart _WGE OK x450mm 16,80 823,2 16,8 Standart 136

The electrode gives surfacing alloyed martensitic steel. An electrode for welding the reinforcing layers employed in heavy abrasion in combination with moderate shock loads.

138 The electrode gives surfacing alloyed martensitic steel. An electrode for welding the reinforcing layers employed in heavy abrasion in combination with moderate shock loads. The electrodes are used for welding of agricultural tools operating under moderate humidity, woodworking tools, loading machines and mixers, etc. Recommended preheating and interpass temperature of about 200 C. The weld metal can be released at a temperature of C followed by quenching with temperature C, cooling in oil or in air. Machinability of weld metal - only abrasive, abrasion resistance very good impact resistance is satisfactory, good heat resistance, corrosion resistance is satisfactory. Current: ~ / = (+) baking modes: C, 2 hours Open circuit voltage: 65 V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Weartrode 55HD Classification DIN 8555: E 6-UM-55-G EN 14700: E Z Fe 6 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr P S 0,70 0,70 0,60 10,00 max 0,030 max 0,030 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Surface hardness after welding (without preheating, interpass temperature of 250 C) in the first layer HR C in the second layer HR C In the third layer HR C Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK x350mm 10,80 712,8 10,8 Standart _WGE OK x450mm 14,40 705,6 14,4 Standart _WGE OK x450mm 15,00 735,0 5,0 Standart _WGE OK x450mm 15,00 735,0 15,0 Standart 137

CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Type basic-rutil High provides electrode a cladding structure which is a matrix of the austenitic cast iron, the chromium rich carbides large intended for

139 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Type basic-rutil High provides electrode a cladding structure which is a matrix of the austenitic cast iron, the chromium rich carbides large intended for surfacing reinforcement layers employed in heavy abrasion. The electrodes are used for welding work surfaces dredging machines, agricultural tools, operating under moderate humidity, pumps for sand mixers, feed screws, dust collectors, crushers, etc. subject to wear the contact with coal, ore or other minerals. The weld metal also has high corrosion resistance in contact with aggressive media and oxidation resistance. In the build-up surface, can be observed small cracks do not affect its performance. Machinability of weld metal - only abrasive, abrasion resistance is excellent, very good scaling resistance, corrosion resistance is very good. Current: ~ / = (+) Baking modes: C, 2 hours Open circuit voltage: 50 V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Weartrode 60HT Classification DIN 8555: E 10-UM-60-GZ EN 14700: E Z Fe 14 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr P S 4,50 1,60 0,80 33,0 max 0,040 max 0,030 Typical mech. properties all weld metal The hardness of the surface layer in the third 59 63HRC deposition after welding (without preheating, interpass temperature 100 C) The hardness of the surface layer in the third 55 61HRC deposition after welding (preheating and interpass temperature ~ 500 C) Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, Min. order, kg Pack kg _WGE OK x350mm 10,80 712,8 10,8 Standart _WGE OK x350mm 10,20 673,2 10,2 Standart _WGE OK x450mm 15,00 735,0 5,0 Standart _WGE OK x450mm 14,40 705,6 14,4 Standart 138

Type basic The electrode is provided in the cladding structure, which is a martensitic matrix reinforced with a composite carbide intended for surfacing wearresistant layers working in conditions of

140 Type basic The electrode is provided in the cladding structure, which is a martensitic matrix reinforced with a composite carbide intended for surfacing wearresistant layers working in conditions of intense abrasive wear in combination with strong squeezes or moderate shock loads that occur when in contact with gravel, sand, cement, and so on. P. The main areas of application are a surfacing of drilling tools, hammers, scraper blades, end surfaces of the screw conveyor, the edges of the teeth and dredging buckets, etc. Typically, preheating is not required. When surfacing on massive parts, you can preheat to 200 C. Surfacing perform better wear rollers along the direction of the arc of medium length. Electrode keep perpendicular weld surface. In a small percentage of participation in the surfacing of the base metal, the required hardness is achieved already in the first layer. More than 2 layers of overlay is not recommended. Surfacing can be made from household welding transformers with low no-load voltage. Machinability of weld metal - only abrasive, abrasion resistance excellent impact resistance is satisfactory. Current: ~ / = (+ / -) Baking modes: C, 2 hours Open circuit voltage: 45 V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Weartrode 62 Classification DIN 8555: E 10-UM-60-GP Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr V Ti P S 3,00 0,50 2,00 6,30 5,00 4,80 max 0,020 max 0,010 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Surface hardness after welding (without preheating) in the first layer in the second layer ~62 HRC ~62 HRC CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK x350mm 11,40 752,4 11,4 Standart _WGE OK x350mm 11,40 752,4 11,4 Standart _WGE OK x350mm 12,60 831,6 12,6 Стандартная 139

CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Type basic The electrode is provided in the surfacing of Hadfield steel, designed for reconstructive surfacing products of similar types of steels,

141 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Type basic The electrode is provided in the surfacing of Hadfield steel, designed for reconstructive surfacing products of similar types of steels, operating under intense shock and compressive loads and moderate abrasion. Main applications - crushing pincers, beat, armor and rollers, cones and impactors body. The required performance characteristics the weld metal becomes postoperative mechanical hardening or during the operation, when the surface is exposed to heavy shock loads. It should be remembered that the weld or cast high-manganese steel is prone to high temperature brittleness and may crack if exposed to excessive heat. Typically, the data surfacing electrodes preheating is not used, and the interpass temperature should not exceed 200 C. If welding is performed at low ambient temperatures, the product can be preheated to C. Machinability of weld metal - only abrasive, impact resistance excellent abrasion resistance is satisfactory, resistance to friction metal on metal is satisfactory. Current: ~ / = (+) Baking modes: C, 2 hours Open circuit voltage: 70 V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK Weartrode 13Mn Classification DIN 8555: E 7-UM-200-K EN 14700: E Fe 9 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si P S 1,10 13,0 0,80 max 0,050 max 0,010 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Surface hardness after welding (without preheating, interpass temperature C) Hardness of weld metal after mechanical hardening HB HRC Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK x450mm 14,40 705,6 14,4 Standart _WGE OK x450mm 17,70 867,3 17,7 Standart _WGE OK x450mm 16,50 808,5 16,5 Standart 140

SMAW covered electrods OK Weartrode 14MnNi Type basic High-performance electrode provided in the surfacing of high-manganese steel alloyed with nickel.

142 SMAW covered electrods OK Weartrode 14MnNi Type basic High-performance electrode provided in the surfacing of high-manganese steel alloyed with nickel. Designed for reducing surfacing products from manganese steel, working in conditions of intense impact and moderate abrasion. The weld metal is less prone to embrittlement at high temperatures and, consequently, cracking versus OK 13Mn. Main applications: armor and rolls crushers, bulldozer teeth for opening the ground, cones and body rotary crushers, dredge buckets, tips and cross rails, etc. However, you should still keep in mind that highmanganese steel is prone to high temperature brittleness and may crack if exposed to excessive heat. Typically, the data surfacing electrodes pre-heating is not used, and the interpass temperature should not exceed 200 C. Surfacing to perform better in the short arc and minimum currents, recommended for the electrode diameter. To remove the residual stress is recommended to perform the forging to cool the deposited layer. Machinability of weld metal - only abrasive, impact resistance excellent abrasion resistance is satisfactory, resistance to friction metal on metal is satisfactory. Current: ~ / = (+) Baking modes: C, 2 hours Open circuit voltage: 70 V Te spatial position of the welding: Classification DIN 8555: E 8-UM-200-K EN 14700: E Z Fe 9 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Ni P S 0,80 14,0 0,30 3,50 max 0,030 max 0,020 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Surface hardness after welding (without HB preheating, interpass temperature C) Hardness of weld metal after mechanical HRC hardening CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK x450mm 13,20 646,8 13,2 Стандартная _WGE OK ,0x450mm 15,00 735,0 15,0 Стандартная _WGE OK ,0x450mm 15,00 735,0 300,0 Стандартная 141

143 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS SMAW Type basic-rutil The high-performance dual-purpose electrode. The second - the reinforcing cladding hot forging dies, work surfaces and the cutting edges of tools, working at high temperatures, valves, pump parts, forged matrices and matrix extrusion. The weld metal has high strength and can be subjected to work hardening. The alloy has excellent strength and hardness at high temperatures and resistance to thermal shock and dross formation. The surfaces before welding stripped, drobestruyatsya or herbs. In some cases, it is sufficient degreasing followed stainless sweep brush. Surfacing is carried out without heating and with minimum interpass temperatures. Machinability of weld metal is good, excellent corrosion resistance, heat resistance is excellent, excellent scaling resistance, resistance to metal friction of metal good. Current: ~ / = (+) Baking modes: C, 2 hours Open circuit voltage: 70 V The spatial position of the welding: SMAW covered electrods OK NiCrMo-5 Classification DIN 8555: E 23-UM-250-CKT AWS A5.11: ENiCrMo-3 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Ni Cr Mo W Fe P S 0,05 0,9 0,5 57,5 15,5 16,4 3,5 5,5 m a x 0,030 m a x 0,020 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Surface hardness after welding Hardness of weld metal after mechanical hardening HB HRC Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack L0_WGE OK x300mm 1/4 VP 3,60 514,8 3,6 VacPac L0_WGE OK x350mm 1/4 VP 4,80 595,2 4,8 VacPac G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 10,20 683,4 10,2 VacPac G0_WGE OK x350mm 1/2 VP 9,00 603,0 315,0 VacPac 142

Type basic Self-shielded flux-cored wire with a low content of slag components in the deposited layer providing a matrix rich austenitic chromium carbides designed to perform welding on surface wear,

144 Type basic Self-shielded flux-cored wire with a low content of slag components in the deposited layer providing a matrix rich austenitic chromium carbides designed to perform welding on surface wear, working in conditions of heavy abrasive wear. Used for surfacing pushing surfaces mixer blades, screws, working edge scrapers, buckets, etc. operating in contact with the soil, coal or ore. In the build-up surface, can be observed small cracks do not affect its durability. Machinability of weld metal - only abrasive, abrasion resistance is excellent, very good high-temperature strength, scaling resistance is very good, satisfactory corrosion resistance. Current = (+) Available in diameters: 1.6 mm Spatial position of the welding: FCAW flux-cover wire OK Tubrodur 55 OA Classification DIN 8555: MF 10-GF-55-GTZ EN 14700: T Z Fe 14 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Mo V P S 3,50 0,90 0,50 21,0 3,50 0,40 max 0,030 max 0,030 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Shielding gas The hardness of the surface layer in the third deposition after welding (without preheating, interpass temperature 150 C) No HRC Информация для заказа Арт. Номер Марка и диаметр Вес упаковки, кг Вес палеты, кг Мин. Заказ, кг Упаковка _WGE OK Tubrodur mm 16kg 16,00 896,0 16,0 Каркас K-300 FCAW 143

CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS Type rutill Self-shielded flux-cored wire with a small number of slag-forming components, providing the deposited layer mechanically strengthens the

145 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS Type rutill Self-shielded flux-cored wire with a small number of slag-forming components, providing the deposited layer mechanically strengthens the chromiumnickel-margan-tsovistuyu high-alloy austenitic steel, designed for reconstructive surfacing w / d crossings and counter rails of 13% Mn steels and welding transition layers when performing the hardening surfacing heavy welded steel. It is also used for welding without preheating scraper blade teeth excavator buckets, followed by surfacing work hardening mechanical seal valves and valve seats, working in contact with a relatively aggressive environment at temperatures up to 600 C, etc. Machinability of weld metal is very good impact resistance after work hardening is very good, very good corrosion resistance, scaling resistance good resistance to metal friction of the metal after mechanical bonding is very good. Current = (+) Available in diameters: 1.6 and 2.4 mm The spatial position of the welding: FCAW flux-cover wire OK Tubrodur 200 O D Classification DIN 8555: E 23-UM-250-CKT EN 14700: T Fe 10 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni 0,15 5,50 1,00 19,0 9,00 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Shielding gas No The hardness of the surface layer in the third 200HB deposition after welding (without preheating, interpass temperature 150 C) Hardness of weld metal after mechanical hardening ~400 HB Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Tubrodur mm 16kg 16,00 896,0 16,0 K _WGE OK Tubrodur mm 12kg 12,00 672,0 672,0 K-300 FCAW 144

Type rutill Cored wire, providing the deposited layer of low alloy martensitic steel, designed for reducing deposition on the shop floor of worn surfaces, working in heavy metal rubbing against metal

146 Type rutill Cored wire, providing the deposited layer of low alloy martensitic steel, designed for reducing deposition on the shop floor of worn surfaces, working in heavy metal rubbing against metal contact at high and moderate impact loads. It is used for hardening surfacing of crane and conveyor wheels, shafts, tooth gears, axles and rollers, pins and caterpillar tractors mine. It can be used to restore the working surfaces of the cast and hammers beat, and when restoring teeth Bucket excavators and her body surfaced teeth before hardening surfacing. If the material is recoverable parts has increased the carbon content, you need to preheat the product to 200 C at a Ceq> 0.45 and up to 350 C at a Ceq> 0.60 ensuring slow cooling. Surfacing is recommended as far as possible to carry out crossburner fluctuations. Machinability of weld metal is good, impact resistance good resistance to friction metal on metal is excellent. Current = (+) Available in diameters: 1.6 mm The spatial position of the welding: FCAW flux-cover wire OK Tubrodur 35 G M Classification DIN 8555: MF 1-GF-350-P EN 14700: T Fe 1 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr 3,50 0,90 0,50 21,0 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Shielding gas C1 (100% CO2) The hardness of the surface layer after HB the third welding (without preheating, interpass temperature 200 C) CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Tubrodur mm 16kg 16,00 896,0 16,0 K-300 FCAW 145

CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS Type basic OK Tubrodur 15.41 self-shielded flux-cored wire for semi-automatic welding hrommargantsovistogo weld metal with a hardness of 28-36 HRC.

147 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS Type basic OK Tubrodur self-shielded flux-cored wire for semi-automatic welding hrommargantsovistogo weld metal with a hardness of HRC. Ideal for surfacing of shafts, pins, beat, worn-out parts of rail crossings and the like. Current = (+) Available in diameters: 1.6 and 2.4 mm Spatial position of the welding: FCAW flux-cover wire OK Tubrodur 30 O M Classification DIN 8555: MF EN 14700: T Z Fe1 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Shielding gas No The hardness of the surface layer after the third welding (without preheating, interpass temperature 200 C) 28-32HRC Typical all weld metal compositions, % С Mn Si Cr Al P S Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Tubrodur mm 16kg 16,00 896,0 16,0 K _WGE OK Tubrodur mm 16kg 16,00 896,0 336,0 K-300 FCAW 146

Type basic Self-shielded flux-cored wire, providing the deposited layer alloy martensitic steel, designed for wearresistant surfacing in the field surfaces, working in heavy metal rubbing against

148 Type basic Self-shielded flux-cored wire, providing the deposited layer alloy martensitic steel, designed for wearresistant surfacing in the field surfaces, working in heavy metal rubbing against metal, mild abrasive and impact wear. It is used for hardening of surfaces surfacing of crane wheels, track link, Rollers for the feeding of metal, wheels and rollers of conveyor belts, wheels, rollers and pins mine tractors. Machinability of weld metal - carbide tools, resistance to friction metal on metal excellent impact resistance good abrasion resistance is good. Current = (+) Available in diameters: 1.6 mm Spatial position of the welding: FCAW flux-cover wire OK Tubrodur 40 O M Classification DIN 8555: MF 1-GF-400 EN 14700: T Z Fe 2 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo Al 0,15 1,50 0,60 4,5 0,50 0,50 1,5 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Shielding gas No The hardness of the surface layer after the third welding (without preheating, interpass temperature 200 C) HB Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Tubrodur mm 16kg 16,00 896,0 368,0 K-300 FCAW 147

149 CONSUMABLES FOR FACING AND REPAIR PARTS Type basic Self-shielded flux-cored wire, providing the deposited layer is doped with Cr, Ni and Mo martensitic steel, designed for reconstructive surfacing onsite operation of the repaired goods. The main purpose - surfacing of railway and tramway rails in carbon-manganese steels operating under high contact loads, as well as for strengthening surfacing crossings, tongues and the rail ends. The best results are obtained when using the automatic surfacing Railtrac BV1000 type of equipment. Surfacing is recommended as far as possible to carry out crossburner fluctuations. Machinability of weld metal is good, resistance to friction metal on metal is very good impact resistance is good. Recommended preheat temperature when performing reconstructive surfacing of rails: Class 700A (min σв=700 MPa) 350 C Class 900A (min σв=900 MPа) 400 C Class 1100A (min σв=1100 MPа) 450 C Current = (+) Available in diameters: 1.2 and 1.6 mm Spatial position of the welding: FCAW flux-cover wire OK Tubrodur 35 O M Classification DIN 8555: MF 1-GF-350 EN 14700: T Z Fe 3 Typical all weld metal compositions, % C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo Al 0,15 1,10 0,30 1,00 2,20 0,50 1,60 Typical mech. properties all weld metal Shielding gas No The hardness of the surface layer after the HB third welding (without preheating, interpass temperature 200 C) Code Type and dimensions Pack s weight, kg Pallet s weight, kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Tubrodur mm 16kg 16,00 896,0 16,0 K-300 FCAW 148

150 FLUXES AND WIRE FOR AUTOMATIC WELDING AND FACING Марка AWS EN Page SAW - Submerged Metal Automatic Welding OK Flux S A FB 1 AC H5 150 OK Flux S A AB 1 AC H5 151 Classification of flux in accordance with the standard: ISO 14174: 2012, as well as an identical EN ISO ISO 14174: a 5b 5c 5d 5f 6 H 7 ISO standard, according to which the classification is carried out 1 - an index that defines how the welding / hardfacing the S - arc welding / surfacing under flux ES - electro-welding / welding Submerged 2 - the index that defines a method for manufacturing a flux F - Fused A - agglomerate (ceramic) M- mixed 3 - an index that identifies the type of flux on the chemical composition according to Tab.1 ISO standard Group Appointment of flux 1 Welding and surfacing of low-carbon, low-alloy, highstrength, heat-resistant steels and steels resistant to atmospheric corrosion 2 Welding and welding of stainless and heat resistant steels and (or) Ni alloys and Ni- 2B Only for tape welding of stainless and heat resistant steels and (or) Ni alloys and Ni- 3 Surfacing under the flux of wear-resistant metal layers doped with C, Cr, or Mo 4 Other fluxes unrelated to 1, 2 or 3 groups. For example, fluxes for welding copper 5 Indices of determining the degree of burnout / doping of various elements of the flux For the fluxes of group 1 in accordance with Table. 2 of ISO (involved indices a-b- silicon and manganese): Symbol Type of flux MS Manganese silicate CS Calcium silicate CG Calcium-Magnesium CB The calcium-magnesium-base C G-I Calcium and Magnesium with Iron CB-I Calcium-magnievyy- basic with the addition of iron GS Magnesium Silicate ZS Zirconia Silicate RS Rutile-silicate AR Aluminate-rutile BA Basically aluminate AAS Sour-aluminate-silicate AB Aluminate-base AS Aluminate-silicate AF Aluminate-fluoride-base FB The fluoride-basic Z other 4 - the index that determines the purpose of flux Index Metallurgical process The amount of change of the chemical composition % a b Si Mn 1 zapping more 0,7 2 0,5...0,7 3 0,3...0,5 4 0,1...0,3 5 Neutral 0...0,1 6 alloying 0,1...0,3 7 0,3...0,5 8 0,5...0,7 9 more 0,7 6 - the index that determines the type of current AC - flux for welding AC and usually DC DC - flux for welding DC H is the diffusion free hydrogen 7 - the index that determines the content of diffusible hydrogen per 100 g of weld metal according to table. 2 ISO standard. 149

FLUXES AND WIRE FOR AUTOMATIC WELDING AND FACING Agglomerated highly basic flux for welding particularly critical parts of structural carbon, low-alloyed, alloyed, heat-resistant and high-strength

151 FLUXES AND WIRE FOR AUTOMATIC WELDING AND FACING Agglomerated highly basic flux for welding particularly critical parts of structural carbon, low-alloyed, alloyed, heat-resistant and high-strength steels when toughness requirements at low temperatures are particularly high. Suitable for multi-pass welding of materials of great thickness, as it is practically not doped Si and Mn metal seal. Flux is suitable for single and in multi butt and fillet weld joints, thus works equally well on DC and AC. Thanks to the good slag removal and good wettability edge, OK Flux is best suited for welding in narrow-gap butchering. Welding using this flux is recommended to perform at a lower voltage range. The resulting weld metal has a low oxygen content - about 300 ppm, and the hydrogen content is less than 5 ml per 100 g of metal. OK Flux is used for the manufacture of offshore structures, rigs, platforms, all kinds of pressure vessels, shipbuilding, pipeline welding, civil engineering and transport engineering. In conjunction with wire OK Autrod weld metal was tested for treschenostoykost (toughness) under static loading (CTOD-test) at temperatures of -10 and -15 C. Low hydrogen content in combination with a high plastic properties of weld metal allow to recommend this flux for welding HARDOX type steels. Typical chemical composition of the flux: Welding flux OK Flux Typical chemical composition of the flux Al2O3+MnO 20% CaF2 25% CaO+MgO 35% SiO2+TiO2 15% Classication EN ISO 14174:S A FB 1 AC H5 Type of flux Current Alloying The fluoride-basic AC, DC+ Si not alloying Mn not alloying SAW Recommended combination of OK Flux / wire Mark of the wire Wire Weld metall EN ISO A AWS A 5.17 EN ISO A AWS A 5.17 OK Autrod S2Si EM12K S 38 5 FB S2Si H5 F7A8-EM12K F6P8-EM12K OK Autrod S3Si EH12K S 46 6 FB S3Si H5 F7A8-EH12K F7P8-EH12K OK Autrod S4 EH14 S 50 4 FB S4 H5 F7A6-EH14 F7P6-EH14 Code Mark Weight of pack, kg Weight of pallet,kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Flux kg 25,00 500,0 25,0 Bag 150

Agglomerated basic flux, multi-purpose with excellent welding characteristics. It is designed for single and multipass welding in sheets of any thickness.

152 Agglomerated basic flux, multi-purpose with excellent welding characteristics. It is designed for single and multipass welding in sheets of any thickness. The flux can be used in combination with different wires as a solid section, and powder, and therefore is suitable for welding most categories unalloyed and low-alloy steels. The resulting weld metal contains less than 5 ml of hydrogen per 100g of metal. OK Flux combines good plastic properties of weld metal with excellent weldability. Fast freezing slag combined with high speed at which welding can be performed (with the appropriate hardware), allow for horizontal belt seams on the vertical walls of capacitive storage. It is suitable for single and twin-arc welding, arc welding split, as well as twin-arc welding arcs split butt, lap and fillet welds. It works equally well on DC and AC current. Good slag removal and a slight doping of Si and Mn makes it an excellent flux for multipass welding of thick-walled products. A small scaly weld metal allows for welding at high speeds, and all of this combined with very good toughness values. In civil engineering, OK Flux is one of the most commonly used fluxes. It can be used for welding structural steels resistant to atmospheric corrosion, such as in the construction of bridges. This flux is applied to the welding pressure vessels, because it can be used with a variety of steels, including a steel for structures operating in low temperature conditions. Its use reduces the range of fluxes that the customer should have in stock. Another area of application is the shipbuilding industry at the appropriate approvals or welding of pipelines from steel with strength up to X80. Welding flux OK Flux Typical chemical composition of the flux Al2O3+MnO 35% CaF2 15% CaO+MgO 25% SiO2+TiO2 20% Classication EN ISO 14174:S A AB 1 AC H5 Type of flux Current Alloying aluminate -basic AC, DC+ Si weakly alloying Mn moderately alloying FLUXES AND WIRE FOR AUTOMATIC WELDING AND FACING Recommended combination of OK Flux / wire nded combination of OK Flux / wire Mark of the wire Wire Weld metall EN ISO A AWS A 5.17 EN ISO A AWS A 5.17 OK Autrod S1 EL12 S 35 4 AB S1 H5 F6A4-EL12 F6P5-EL12 OK Autrod S2 EM12 S 38 4 AB S2 H5 F7A4-EM12 F6P4-EM12 OK Autrod S2Si EM12K S 38 4 AB S2Si H5 F7A5-EM12K F6P5-EM12K OK Autrod S3Si EH12K S 46 4 AB S3Si H5 F7A5-EH12K F7P5-EH12K SAW Code Mark Weight of pack, kg Weight of pallet,kg Min. order, kg Pack _WGE OK Flux kg 25,00 900,0 25,0 Bag 151

153 TUNGSTEN (NON-CONSUMABLE) ELECTRODE Марка AWS A5.12 ISO 6848 Page SMAW - Shielded Metal Arc Welding WP EWP WP 153 WL-15 EWLa-1.5 WL WL-20 EWLa-2 WL WY-20 EWYt-2 WY WC-20 EWCe-2 WC Classification of tungsten (non-melting) electrodes: Tungsten electrodes are marked with shorter symbol, composition and color: first letter is the major constituent of, for example, W = Tungsten the second letter refers to the order of additional oxides such as Y = yttrium oxide subsequent number corresponds to the orientation of the oxide multiplied by 10, e.g. Short sign oxide additive (%) type of color oxide green WP- WC 20 1,80-2,20 CeO2 gray WL 10 0,90-1,20 LaO2 black WY 20 1,80-2,20 YtO2 dark blue 152

154 Tungsten with tungsten electrode containing not less than 99.5%. The electrodes provide good arc stability for AC welding, balanced or not balanced with a continuous high-frequency stabilization (with the oscillator). These electrodes are preferred for welding on alternating sinusoidal current aluminum, magnesium and their alloys, as they provide good arc stability both argon and helium in the environment. Due to the limited thermal load of the working end of the electrode is formed of pure tungsten in the form of a ball. Chemical composition, % W Additives min max 0.50 Tungsten electrodes WP Classification AWS А5.12 EWP ISO 6848: WP TUNGSTEN (NON-CONSUMABLE) ELECTRODE SMAW Code Type and diameter Electrodes in pack, peices Pack WP10175_WGBE WP 1,0 x 175 mm Green 10 Plastic box WP16175_WGBE WP 1,6 x 175 mm Green 10 Plastic box WP24175_WGBE WP 2,4 x 175 mm Green 10 Plastic box WP32175_WGBE WP 3,2 x 175 mm Green 10 Plastic box WP40175_WGBE WP 4,0 x 175 mm Green 10 Plastic box 153

TUNGSTEN (NON-CONSUMABLE) ELECTRODE SMAW The electrodes are made of tungsten alloy with lanthanum oxide have a very easy initial launch of the arc, a low propensity to burn-through, stable arc and

155 TUNGSTEN (NON-CONSUMABLE) ELECTRODE SMAW The electrodes are made of tungsten alloy with lanthanum oxide have a very easy initial launch of the arc, a low propensity to burn-through, stable arc and excellent characteristics of re-ignition. Addition of 1.5% with AC welding lanthanum oxide increases the maximum current carrying capacity of the electrode by about 50% more for a given size than pure tungsten. Compared with the cerium-andholders, lanthanum electrodes have a lower wear of the working end of the electrode. Lanthanum electrodes are more durable and less polluting tungsten weld. Lanthanum oxide is uniformly distributed along the length of the electrode, allowing a long time to maintain the initial grinding welding electrodes. This is a significant advantage when welding at a constant (straight polarity) and alternating current from the improved welding power sources, steels and stainless steels. When welding on alternating sinusoidal current working end of the electrode must have a spherical shape. Tungsten electrodes WL-15 Classification AWS А5.12 EWLa-1.5 ISO 6848: WL-15 Chemical composition, % W LaO2 Additives основа max 0.50 Code Type and diameter Electrodes in pack, peices Pack WL _WGBE WL15 1,0 x 175 mm Gold 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL15 1,6 x 175 mm Gold 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL15 2,4 x 175 mm Gold 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL15 3,2 x 175 mm Gold 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL15 4,0 x 175 mm Gold 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL15 4,8 x 175 mm Gold 10 Plastic box 154

The electrodes are made of tungsten alloy with lanthanum oxide have a very easy initial launch of the arc, a low propensity to burn-through, stable arc and excellent characteristics of re-ignition.

156 The electrodes are made of tungsten alloy with lanthanum oxide have a very easy initial launch of the arc, a low propensity to burn-through, stable arc and excellent characteristics of re-ignition. Addition of 2.0% with AC welding lanthanum oxide increases the maximum current carrying capacity of the electrode by about 50% more for a given size than pure tungsten. Compared with the cerium-andholders, lanthanum electrodes have a lower wear of the working end of the electrode. Lanthanum electrodes are more durable and less polluting tungsten weld. Lanthanum oxide is uniformly distributed along the length of the electrode, allowing a long time to maintain the initial grinding welding electrodes. This is a significant advantage when welding at a constant (straight polarity) and alternating current from the improved welding power sources, steels and stainless steels. When welding on alternating sinusoidal current working end of the electrode must have a spherical shape. Tungsten electrodes WL-20 Classification AWS А5.12 EWLa-2 ISO 6848: WL-20 Chemical composition, % W LaO2 Additives max 0.50 TUNGSTEN (NON-CONSUMABLE) ELECTRODE SMAW Code Type and diameter Electrodes in pack, peices Pack WL _WGBE WL20 1,0 x 175 mm Blue 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL20 1,6 x 175 mm Blue 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL20 2,4 x 175 mm Blue 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL20 3,2 x 175 mm Blue 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL20 4,0 x 175 mm Blue 10 Plastic box WL _WGBE WL20 4,8 x 175 mm Blue 10 Plastic box 155

TUNGSTEN (NON-CONSUMABLE) ELECTRODE WELDING OF CRITICAL CONSTRUCTIONS MADE FROM CARBON, LOW ALLOY AND STAINLESS STEEL, TITANIUM, COPPER AND THEIR ALLOYS ON A DIRECT CURRENT (DC).

157 TUNGSTEN (NON-CONSUMABLE) ELECTRODE WELDING OF CRITICAL CONSTRUCTIONS MADE FROM CARBON, LOW ALLOY AND STAINLESS STEEL, TITANIUM, COPPER AND THEIR ALLOYS ON A DIRECT CURRENT (DC). Tungsten with the addition of yttrium most resistant of currently used non-consumable electrode. Used for welding particularly critical joints straight DC polarity oxide additive content % yttrium improves the stability of the cathode spot on the electrode tip, thus improving the arc stability in a wide range of operating currents. The electrodes are marked in dark blue. Tungsten electrodes WY-20 Classification AWS А5.12 EWYt-2 ISO 6848: WY-20 SMAW Chemical composition, % W Y2O3 Additives basic max 0.11 Code Type and diameter Electrodes in pack, peices Pack WY _WGBE WY20 1,0 x 175 mm Dark Blue 10 Plastic box WY _WGBE WY20 1,6 x 175 mm Dark Blue 10 Plastic box WY _WGBE WY20 2,4 x 175 mm Dark Blue 10 Plastic box WY _WGBE WY20 3,2 x 175 mm Dark Blue 10 Plastic box WY _WGBE WY20 4,0 x 175 mm Dark Blue 10 Plastic box 156

158 The tungsten alloy with 2% cerium oxide (cerium - the most common non-radioactive rare earth element) improves the emission electrode. It improves the initial startup of the arc and increases the allowable welding current. The electrodes WC-20 - versatile, they can be successfully welded using alternating current and a constant direct polarity. Compared with pure tungsten, cerium electrode provides greater arc stability even at low currents. The electrodes are used for orbital welding of pipes, and pipe welding sheet steel. When welding these electrodes with large current values there is a concentration of cerium oxide in the hot end of the electrode. This is disadvantageous cerium electrodes. Tungsten electrodes WC-20 Classification AWS А5.12 EWCe-2 ISO 6848: WC-20 TUNGSTEN (NON-CONSUMABLE) ELECTRODE Chemical composition, % W CeO2 Additives basic max 0.11 SMAW Code Type and diameter Electrodes in pack, peices Pack WC _WGBE WC20 1,0 x 175 mm Grey 10 Plastic box WC _WGBE WC20 1,6 x 175 mm Grey 10 Plastic box WC _WGBE WC20 2,4 x 175 mm Grey 10 Plastic box WC _WGBE WC20 3,2 x 175 mm Grey 10 Plastic box WC _WGBE WC20 4,0 x 175 mm Grey 10 Plastic box 157

ELECTRODES FOR THE CUTTING AND GOUGING When air-arc cutting of metal is melted arc burning between the product and the carbon electrode, and is removed with compressed air.

Possible to apply an alternating current.

159 ELECTRODES FOR THE CUTTING AND GOUGING When air-arc cutting of metal is melted arc burning between the product and the carbon electrode, and is removed with compressed air. Air-arc cutting of metals perform DC reverse polarity, since the straight polarity arc metal is heated to a relatively wide area, resulting in the removal of molten metal is difficult. Possible to apply an alternating current. For air-arc cutting used special cutters, which are divided into cutters with a serial arrangement of the air stream and cutters with circular arrangement of the air stream. The cutters with a serial arrangement of air flow relative to the electrode, compressed air flows around the electrode on only one side. For air-arc cutting is used carbon or graphite electrodes. Graphite electrodes are more resistant than coal. The shape of the electrodes are circular and plate. The current value at the air-arc cutting is determined by the following relationship: Driving air-arc cutting of metal: 1 - the metal being cut; 2 - electrode; 3 - air-arc cutting torch; 4 - cut metal; 5 - Air jet I = Kd, where I - current, A; d - diameter of the electrode, mm; K- factor depending on the thermal properties of the electrode material is equal to A / mm for the carbon electrodes and A / mm for graphite. The sources of supply for air-arc cutting are standard welding DC converters or welding transformers. Power cutter with compressed air is carried out of the shop network with pressure of 4-6 kgf / cm 2, as well as portable compressors. The use of compressed air for air-arc cutting pressure over 6 atm is impractical because a strong air jet dramatically reduces the stability of the arc. Air-arc cutting is divided into a separating gouging and cutting. Gouging is used for cutting of defects in the metal and welds, as well as to undercut root and chamfering. Chamfer can be removed at the same time on both edges of the sheet. The width of the groove formed in the surface planer, 2-3 mm greater than the diameter of the electrode. Installation of air-arc cutting: 1 - cutter; 2 - air; 3 - arc power source Air separation arc cutting and gouging is used in the processing of stainless steel and non-ferrous metals. It has several advantages over other methods of fire metals processing, as more simple and cheaper and more productive. 158

TYPE OF COATING CELLULOSE The electrodes are designed for gouging, cutting and firmware holes in unalloyed and alloyed steels, cast irons, as well as materials that do not contain iron in its

160 TYPE OF COATING CELLULOSE The electrodes are designed for gouging, cutting and firmware holes in unalloyed and alloyed steels, cast irons, as well as materials that do not contain iron in its composition, with the exception of pure copper, the standard power supply of manual arc welding. The molten metal is removed by high-pressure arc, which is created in the combustion process pulp wash. Recommended for a wide range of tasks such as chamfering for welding, cutting crack before welding defect, gouging the back of the root pass without further stripping or minor sweep the split zone. Of particular interest are the data electrodes for cutting of cracks in gray cast iron products contaminated with oil, because except for the optimal form cutting edges for welding cast iron comes from the burning of oil in its structure. When cutting edges for welding is used mostly direct current straight polarity or alternating current, and it is recommended to use direct current straight polarity for cutting and firmware. The arc is ignited at a perpendicular position with respect to the electrode surface of the part. Then, the electrode tip at an angle of 5-15 to the surface, based on the workpiece and reciprocating saw-tooth movement in the direction of the gouge. If you want a large depth of cutting, this procedure is repeated several times. When gouging stainless steel comes from the burning of alloying elements in the surface layer (the layer must be removed mechanically). If the product is turning, the most favorable spatial position of a plane inclined to the horizon at an angle of gouging speed is recommended to maintain within the m / min. When burning through hole electrode is positioned vertically, light arc electrode and pressed down until it does not burn a hole in the metal. OK GPC (OK 31.03) Named Code OK GPC 2.5x350mm _WGE OK GPC 3.2x350mm _WGE OK GPC 4.0x350mm _WGE OK GPC 5.0x450mm _WGE OK GPC 6.0x450mm _WGE Сurrent~ / = ( ) The spatial position of the welding: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 Open circuit voltage: 70 V Calcining modes: C, 60 min ELECTRODES FOR THE CUTTING AND GOUGING 159

161 ELECTRODES FOR THE CUTTING AND GOUGING Copper plating graphite electrode for air-arc cutting and gouging metal. Unlike OK GPC, this process has a much higher productivity, as molten metal is removed by compressed air fed into a special holder for arc gouging air pressure 8.5 bar, with the compressed air flow from 500 to 1500 l / min. This makes it the most sought-after to remove defects of welds in industrial plants as well as for the removal of profits and gating systems in the castings. Unlike autogenous gouging, this process is applicable to virtually all conductive materials. The electrode is clamped in a holder with about mm reach and as combustion moves out of the holder. The angle of inclination of the electrode to the work surface is gouging velocity normally varies from 0.5 to 1.0 m / min. Named Code DC, 4 x 305 mm PK _WGE DC, 5 x 305 mm PK _WGE DC, 6,35 x 305 mm PK _WGE DC, 8 x 305 mm PK _WGE DC, 10 x 305 mm PK _WGE DC, 6,35 x 5,10 mm PK _WGE DC, 8 x 510 mm PK _WGE DC, 10 x 510 mm PK _WGE DC, 13 x 455 mm PK _WGE DC Jointed, 10 x 430 mm PK _WGE DC Jointed, 13 x 430 mm PK _WGE DC Jointed, 16 x 430 mm PK _WGE DC Jointed, 19 x 430 mm PK _WGE PK- the number of electrodes in the package Jointed- the ability to insert one electrode to another OK Carbon When gouging stainless steels carburizing occurs in the surface layer, so in order to avoid the loss of metal resistance to intergranular corrosion is necessary to remove this layer mechanically. It should be remembered that the process of airarc cutting is accompanied by a loud noise and emission of molten metal for long distances, so the worker must be protected not only the eyes and skin, but also the organs of hearing, and strictly comply with fire safety regulations. These electrodes are available both round and rectangular shapes, connectable - Jointed (allows you to insert one electrode to the other, thereby minimizing the candle) and nesoedinyaemye - Pointed, and divided into designed to operate on DC straight polarity and AC. Electrodes with a circular section is used mainly for chamfering, cutting and gouging grooves. Electrodes with a rectangular cross section are used for surface cleaning and removing surface defects on steel castings. Current: AC or DC (-) The spatial position welding: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 Open circuit voltage: not less than 60V 160

162 ABIARC Carbon electrodes are made of synthetic graphite coated with copper and designed for chamfering and cutting grooves preparation. High quality electrodes ensures a stable arc burning, the optimal and productive work. To meet the needs, there are the spectrum supply electrodes of various shapes and sizes. ADVANTAGES Coated medyu- better electrical conductivity. High density - excellent metal removal rate. Stable quality- stable operation. High rate of removal of metal- high efficiency. Carbon electrode ABIARC ELECTRODES FOR THE CUTTING AND GOUGING Carbon ABIARC electrodes (DC) piece Type Current (А) Pack (pieces) Code 4 x 305 мм _WGBIN 5 x 305 мм _WGBIN 6,5 x 305 мм _WGBIN 8 x 305 мм _WGBIN 9,5 x 305 мм _WGBIN 13 x 355 мм _WGBIN Carbon ABIARC electrodes (AC) piece Type Current (А) Pack (pieces) Code 4 x 305 мм _WGBIN 5 x 305 мм _WGBIN 6,5 x 305 мм _WGBIN 13 x 355 мм _WGBIN Carbon ABIARC electrodes (DC) joined Type Current (А) Pack (pieces) Code 9,5 x 430 мм _WGBIN 13 x 430 мм _WGBIN 16 x 430 мм _WGBIN 19 x 430 мм _WGBIN Carbon ABIARC electrodes (DC) flat Type Current (А) Pack (pieces) Code 10 x 5 x 305 мм _WGBIN 15 x 5 x 305 мм _WGBIN 161

163 WELDING ACCESSORIES AND PERSONAL PROTECTION 162

Welding helmet Origo-Tech 9-13 WELDING HELMET WITH AUTOMATIC DIMMING The latest development in the field of welding helmets with automatic dimming.

164 Welding helmet Origo-Tech 9-13 WELDING HELMET WITH AUTOMATIC DIMMING The latest development in the field of welding helmets with automatic dimming. Masks Origo-Tech are available in yellow and black with an additional polished coating, which allows for a long time to preserve the appearance. The helmet is equipped with an automatically dimmed filter with a smooth adjustment of the degree of dimming. Light filters have passed long production tests, which have allowed to create really effective and reliable means of protection of the welder. Made of very light and durable material A801, the helmet is ideal for welding in any spatial positions, without causing the welder a sense of fatigue. CONSTRUCTION FEATURES Headband adjustment for 4 parameters - ensures perfect attachment of the mask to the welder s head; Large dimming dial on the mask allows adjustment even in welding gloves; High-quality soft lining - provides increased comfort; The durable material from which the body of the mask is made - is a guarantee of reliable protection and increased resistance to shocks; A special cushion in the back of the headbandallows for a perfect fit; Full face protection - covers the face, chin and neck from welding sprays, heat and light radiation; Overhang over the light filter - protects the glass from scratches when the face of the helmet comes into contact with other surfaces; High-quality glossy coating - prevents adhesion of dust and dirt; Highest performance of the helmet - is ensured by the fact that the filter is always in the active state and turns on automatically even after a long storage; Application of solar cells - allows you to do without changing the batteries; A special sealing frame - not only completely excludes the penetration of welding arc light, but also provides a seat for the front protective glass. This creates additional thermal protection for the light filter. Specifications Field of view 96 х 42 mm Filter weight 99 g Initial darkening 4 Welding darkness 9-13 Adjusting the dimming External potentiometer Sensitivity Internal regulator Delay of enlightenment Internal regulator Operation time, -5 С ms Operation time, +25 C ms Operation time, +55 C ms The time of enlightenment s UV / IR protection UV15 /IR14 Temperature Range From -5 С to +55 С Threshold TIG >20 А Power supply Solar cells Information for ordering. There are 2 color options available Оrigo-Тесh 9-13, black body _WGE 296_WGE Origo-Tech 9-13, Yellow body _WGE 298_WGE WELDING HELMETS 163

Air supply unit Origo Air WELDING HELMETS THE AIR SUPPLY UNIT WORKS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE WELDING HELMET ORIGO-TECH Origo Air is an air feeder designed for Origo-Tech welding

Comes with the Origo Air comes a charger that provides long life and long battery life. When the filter is clogged or the battery is low, the air supply unit beeps.

The scope of delivery includes: an air supply unit with a hose, a battery, a charger, a belt and a P3 filter.

165 Air supply unit Origo Air WELDING HELMETS THE AIR SUPPLY UNIT WORKS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE WELDING HELMET ORIGO-TECH Origo Air is an air feeder designed for Origo-Tech welding helmet. The device supplies the welder with clean filtered air, which improves working conditions and safety. Comes with the Origo Air comes a charger that provides long life and long battery life. When the filter is clogged or the battery is low, the air supply unit beeps. The device set is convenient, durable and reliable. Block Origo Air Origo Air comes fully ready for use. The scope of delivery includes: an air supply unit with a hose, a battery, a charger, a belt and a P3 filter. Origo Air kit _WGE Replacement filter _WGE Origo Tech и Origo Air ordering information Helmet Origo Tech 9-13 for the air supply unit. Attention! The air supply unit is designed for use with Origo Tech welding helmet for the air supply unit. Helmet Origo Tech 9-13 for the _WGE block Air supply, Black Helmet Origo Tech 9-13 for the _WGE block Air supply, Yellow 164

166 Welding helmet WARRIOR Tech 9-13 Welding helmet WARRIOR Tech was developed for various types of welding. Light and high-tech, it provides maximum protection of the eyes from ultraviolet and infrared radiation. Also, the helmet protects against high temperatures, sparks and splashes, and ensures a clear view thanks to the unrivaled optical characteristics of the auto-darkening filter (ADF). The degree of dimming from 9 DIN to 13 DIN is determined depending on the type of welding. Welding helmet WARRIOR Tech has outstanding functionality and excellent performance, and professionals will appreciate the convenience, ease of maintenance and reliability of the design. Ordering Information WARRIOR Tech, black WARRIOR Tech, yellow _WGE _WGE WELDING HELMETS Specifications Name WARRIOR Tech 9-13 Optical class 1/2/1/2 Weight mask 520 g Field of view 98 x 48mm Initial darkening 4 DIN Welding darkness 9-13 DIN Adjusting the dimming External regulator Sensitivity Internal regulator Delay of enlightenment Internal regulator Response time, -10 C s Response time, + 25 С s Response time, + 65 С ms The time of enlightenment s UV / IR protection Maximum protection at any dimming Temperature Range From -10 С to +65 C Threshold of operation TIG >5 А Power supply Solar cells 165

Welding helmet ECO-Arc II 11DIN WELDING HELMETS DESCRIPTION: The ECO-ARC II helmet replaced the well-proven ECO- ARC mask.

New welding helmet Eco-Arc II - our latest development in the field of masks for welding with a flip screen.

The helmet is supplied complete with a protective lens 90 X 110 from mineral glass with a degree of dimming of 11 DIN. Full face protection.

167 Welding helmet ECO-Arc II 11DIN WELDING HELMETS DESCRIPTION: The ECO-ARC II helmet replaced the well-proven ECO- ARC mask. Having saved all the advantages of the ECO-ARC helmet, the new helmet has acquired a stronger, more durable headband, improved ergonomics, less weight and a modern design. New welding helmet Eco-Arc II - our latest development in the field of masks for welding with a flip screen. The body made of light polypropylene provides full face protection, which allows the use of a welding mask in any position. The new Eco Head Gear headband is adjustable in 5 positions. The helmet is supplied complete with a protective lens 90 X 110 from mineral glass with a degree of dimming of 11 DIN. Full face protection. Provides protection for the face, chin, neck, ears and head, allowing welding in various positions. Lightweight polymer housing. The weight of the case is only 205 g, which improves the comfort for the welder and reduces fatigue. The total weight of the helmet is 484 g, this is one of the lightest masks on the market. New Headband Eco Head Gear. Made of durable nylon material, has a small weight and high strength. Possible adjustment in 5 positions. The helmet comes in a box of 20 pieces Eco-Arc II 90 X _WGE External replaceable protective lens _WGE 166

Safety glasses WARRIOR Spec ESAB Warrior Spec safety glasses combine the highest standards of safety and eye protection, as well as wearability.

168 Safety glasses WARRIOR Spec ESAB Warrior Spec safety glasses combine the highest standards of safety and eye protection, as well as wearability. Such characteristics provide the necessary level of eye protection during production work. All ESAB Warrior Spec glasses are made of polycarbonate, which protects the eyes from the harmful effects of UV and IR rays. ESAB Warrior Spec glasses come with a variety of lenses. Lenses have the highest optical class and a special hard coating, which protects against scratches. PROFESSIONAL ESAB GLASSES Lens with a durable coating - Long service life without deteriorating optical properties Soft arms - No pressure on the temporal region Easy frame - Comfortable and durable head girth on all sides Optical class 1- No visual distortion / Absolute transparency Stylish design Four types of lenses Neck Strap Approved according to EN 166 -F Weight only 24 grams SAFETY GLASSES Transparent lenses are suitable for indoor use when eye protection from mechanical stress is needed. Safety glasses ESAB WARRIOR Spec Transparent Darkened lenses protect against bright light. Ensure maximum glare reduction. Reduce eye strain ESAB WARRIOR Spec Darkened Yellow lenses improve illumination. They are used in conditions of low illumination and contrast. Safety glasses ESAB WARRIOR Spec Amber Lenses protect against infrared and ultraviolet radiation. The glasses are suitable for gas welding, gas and plasma cutting. Safety glasses ESAB WARRIOR Spec Degree of dimming 5 DIN Code _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE 167

Leather Welder Clothing CLOTHING FOR WELDER ESAB Proban Welding Jacket - a leather jacket designed to provide maximum comfort and safety for the welder.

It has a hidden inner pocket, adjustable sleeves and a rising collar to protect the neck. Stitched with Kevlar thread.

169 Leather Welder Clothing CLOTHING FOR WELDER ESAB Proban Welding Jacket - a leather jacket designed to provide maximum comfort and safety for the welder. Sleeves and shoulders are made of strong highquality leather, able to withstand the impact of welding sprays. The front and rear parts are made of non-combustible material Proban. It has a hidden inner pocket, adjustable sleeves and a rising collar to protect the neck. Stitched with Kevlar thread. Size table Size Chest circumference Height M L XL XXL ESAB Proban Welding Jacket, M ESAB Proban Welding Jacket, L ESAB Proban Welding Jacket, XL ESAB Proban Welding Jacket, XXL _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE ESAB Proban Welding Trousers - pants designed to provide maximum comfort and safety for the welder. Made of non-combustible material Proban. In front of the pants are reinforced with leather to resist welding sprays and sparks. Stitched with Kevlar thread. ESAB Proban Welding Trousers, M ESAB Proban Welding Trousers, L ESAB Proban Welding Trousers, XL ESAB Proban Welding Trousers, XXL _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE Size table Size Height M L XL XXL

Welding Jacket NEW LEATHER JACKET WITH INSERT FROM FIRE- RESISTANT MATERIAL ON SPIN The new ESAB Welding Jacket welder s leather jacket is designed specifically to provide maximum protection for

On the back of the jacket is left an insert of fireproof material Proban that does not weight the jacket and keeps its breathing properties, making it comfortable to use.

170 Welding Jacket NEW LEATHER JACKET WITH INSERT FROM FIRE- RESISTANT MATERIAL ON SPIN The new ESAB Welding Jacket welder s leather jacket is designed specifically to provide maximum protection for welding operations in harsh environments. On the back of the jacket is left an insert of fireproof material Proban that does not weight the jacket and keeps its breathing properties, making it comfortable to use. The design of the front of the product has been changed: the Proban material has been replaced with first-class cowhide. This enhances the frontal protection of those parts of the welder s body that are most often exposed to welding spatter. A standing collar, with a velcro closure, will reliably protect the neck areas that are most at risk of burns. CLOTHING FOR WELDER Ize table Size Chest circumference Height M L XL XXL Specifications Fire retardant properties ISO Welding standard ISO Antistatic properties EN Surface density 310 GSM Ordering Information Jacket, size Medium _WGE Jacket, size Large _WGE Jacket, size X Large _WGE Jacket, size XX Large _WGE Inner pocket Reinforced seams, Kevlar thread Standing collar Dense front closure Double-stitched stitch 169

Gloves for TIG welding WELDING GLOVES ESAB Curved TIG Glove New gloves for TIG welding produced by ESAB.

High resistance to friction. Connecting seams from Kevlar. Very light.

quality gloves for TIG welding with thumb reinforcement and leather cuff 13 cm. The lining provides extra comfort and protection.

Ordering Information Gloves ESAB TIG Professional 0701 415 963_WGE ESAB TIG Soft Unique gloves made from very thin and durable goatskin.

171 Gloves for TIG welding WELDING GLOVES ESAB Curved TIG Glove New gloves for TIG welding produced by ESAB. Ergonomic design repeats the natural bending of the hand, thus ensuring quality and comfort. The thumb is angled for natural gripping. High resistance to friction. Connecting seams from Kevlar. Very light. Ordering Information Gloves ESAB Curved TIG Glove, L Gloves ESAB Curved TIG Glove, XL _WGE _WGE ESAB TIG Professional High quality gloves for TIG welding with thumb reinforcement and leather cuff 13 cm. The lining provides extra comfort and protection. Highly resistant to friction. Ordering Information Gloves ESAB TIG Professional _WGE ESAB TIG Soft Unique gloves made from very thin and durable goatskin. They have cuffs of 13 cm in length and a strengthened thumb for good girth. The absence of a seam on the index finger increases flexibility. The stitches are completely fringed. Ordering Information Gloves ESAB TIG Soft _WGE ESAB TIG SuperSoft Exclusive, exceptionally soft welding gloves are made of highquality sheep leather. The stitches are stitched with kevlar. A straight thumb makes it easier to capture different objects. Leather cuffs are 13 sm long. The index finger is seamless to improve flexibility. Ordering Information Gloves ESAB TIG SuperSoft _WGE ESAB TIG Basic Traditional leather gloves for TIG welding. Light, comfortable and reliable. Ordering Information Gloves ESAB TIG Basic _WGE 170

Gloves for MIG / MAG and MMA welding ESAB Curved MIG Glove Ergonomically shaped gloves for MIG welding These high-quality gloves offer a new approach ESAB to form, comfort and functionality.

Thanks to the bend, the gloves perfectly repeat the shape of the hand, and the flexible fold around the wrist reduces the friction of the cuff on the arm.

WELDING GLOVES Gloves ESAB Curved MIG, L Gloves ESAB Curved MIG, XL 0700 005 043_WGE 0700 005 040_WGE ESAB Heavy Duty Regular Gloves for welding in conditions of high loads and high temperatures

172 Gloves for MIG / MAG and MMA welding ESAB Curved MIG Glove Ergonomically shaped gloves for MIG welding These high-quality gloves offer a new approach ESAB to form, comfort and functionality. Ergonomic design is as close as possible to the shape of the hand. Gloves are made of thick, well-dressed skin, with a lining from the wrist to the wrist. Thanks to the bend, the gloves perfectly repeat the shape of the hand, and the flexible fold around the wrist reduces the friction of the cuff on the arm. Ribbed seams, Kevlar stitching and reinforced thumb enhance the strength of the glove and give the welder the highest level of protection. WELDING GLOVES Gloves ESAB Curved MIG, L Gloves ESAB Curved MIG, XL _WGE _WGE ESAB Heavy Duty Regular Gloves for welding in conditions of high loads and high temperatures Durable and flexible welding gloves are made of cowhide with a thickness of 1.3 mm, resistant to wear and high temperatures. The reinforced thumb is stitched with a Kevlar thread. Additional protection of the palm on the inside. The inner part of the cuff is made of fire-resistant cotton, and the palm of the fleece. Gloves ESAB Heavy Duty Regular _WGE ESAB Heavy Duty Black Gloves for welding in conditions of high mechanical load One of the most popular types of gloves. Made of high quality cow leather. Well suited to the conditions of increased mechanical stress. Stitched with Kevlar thread. Palm with enhanced protection. Gloves ESAB Heavy Duty Black _WGE ESAB Heavy Duty EXL Heavy duty gloves High-strength gloves for heavy welding conditions. Made from two layers of selected cowhide leather. The reinforced thumb is stitched with a Kevlar thread. Additional protection of the palm on the inside. The inside of the cuff is made of fire-resistant cotton, and the palm of the fleece, which absorbs moisture well. Gloves ESAB Heavy Duty EXL, L Gloves ESAB Heavy Duty EXL, ХL _WGE _WGE 171

Electrode holders ELECTRODE HOLDERS Technical data and ordering information Electrode

300 150/200, 300 А 321/16-25 9871021_WGK KEMPPI 400 200/250, 400 А 421/16-25 9871031_WGK

MYKING 200 200 A 285/10-25 9871060_WGK MYKING 450 450 A 485/35-70 9871070_WGK MYKING 600 600

173 Electrode holders ELECTRODE HOLDERS Technical data and ordering information Electrode holders Duty cicle 60/35 %, rated current Weight (g) / Cable cross-section (mm2) Code KEMPPI /200, 300 А 321/ _WGK KEMPPI /250, 400 А 421/ _WGK URANIA 5 250/300, 500 А 500/ _WGK URANIA 6 300/400, 600 А 855/ _WGK MYKING A 285/ _WGK MYKING A 485/ _WGK MYKING A 535/ _WGK All have a copper alloy frame and cable fixing with a hexagon head screw 172

Electrode holders Electrode holder Samson An electrode holder with an open Samson head is a classic device with a clamp clip made of fiberglass reinforced plastic.

Ordering Information Named Electrode holder Samson 300, 300 A (ПВ 60%) Electrode holder Samson 400, 400 A (ПВ 60%) Electrode holder Samson 500, 500 A (ПВ 60%) Code 0760 002 300_WGE 0760 002

Ordering Information Named Electrode holder Handy 200, 200 A (35%) Electrode holder Handy 300, 300 A (35%) Electrode holder Handy 400, 400 A (35%) Code 0700 006 003_WGE 0700 006 016_WGE 0700

Ordering Information Named Electrode holder Confort 200, 200 A (35%) Electrode holder Confort 300, 300 A (35%) Electrode holder Confort 400, 400 A (35%) Code 0700 006 004_WGE 0700 006 005_WGE

174 Electrode holders Electrode holder Samson An electrode holder with an open Samson head is a classic device with a clamp clip made of fiberglass reinforced plastic. All Samson electrode holders are completely insulated. Ordering Information Named Electrode holder Samson 300, 300 A (ПВ 60%) Electrode holder Samson 400, 400 A (ПВ 60%) Electrode holder Samson 500, 500 A (ПВ 60%) Code _WGE _WGE _WGE ELECTRODE HOLDERS Electrode holder Eco Handy Electrode holder of screw type. The head and the handle are completely isolated. Ordering Information Named Electrode holder Handy 200, 200 A (35%) Electrode holder Handy 300, 300 A (35%) Electrode holder Handy 400, 400 A (35%) Code _WGE _WGE _WGE Electrode holder Eco Confort Electrode holder of open type with fully insulated tip and handle. Ordering Information Named Electrode holder Confort 200, 200 A (35%) Electrode holder Confort 300, 300 A (35%) Electrode holder Confort 400, 400 A (35%) Code _WGE _WGE _WGE Electrode holder ESAB 200, 400 и 500 Electrode holders of screw type ESAB 200, 400 and 500. Excellent current flow between the electrode and the holder. Two holes for 45 and 90 for welding in different positions. All electrode holders are fully insulated for maximum safety. Ordering Information Named Electrode holder ESAB 200, 200 A (35%) Electrode holder ESAB 400, 400 A (35%) Electrode holder ESAB 500, 500 A (35%) Code _WGE _WGE _WGE 173

Electrode holders ELECTRODE HOLDERS Electrode holders DE 2200 / DE 2300 / DE 2400 / DE 2500 Electrode holders are used for manual welding with a piece electrode.

It is characterized by relatively low investment costs and its versatility.

175 Electrode holders ELECTRODE HOLDERS Electrode holders DE 2200 / DE 2300 / DE 2400 / DE 2500 Electrode holders are used for manual welding with a piece electrode. Welding with a piece electrode is one of the oldest and most versatile methods of arc welding, which is used up to the present times. It is characterized by relatively low investment costs and its versatility. Electrode holders «KURT HAUFE» over the past decades have already proven themselves a few million times and, thanks to their very strong construction, represent an ideal tool for a layman, for example, in shipbuilding or in the construction of pipelines and bridges. Arguments that speak for themselves: Oval, high-strength heat-insulating handle Mechanically and thermally highly resistant insulating materials Hard fixing of the electrode in four positions Wide range of electrode and welding cable applications Technical data and ordering information: Code Type Load Duty cicle 60% Duty cicle 35% Ø electrode Cable Bolt of fastening 2) 512.D060 _WGBIN DE 2200 / K 1) 200 A 250 A 2,0-4,0 мм 25 / 35 мм2 M8 512.D070 _WGBIN DE 2300 / K 1) 300 A 400 A 2,0-6,3 мм 35 / 70 мм2 M8 512.D080 _WGBIN DE 2400 / K 1) 400 A 500 A 4,0-8,0 мм 50 / 95 мм2 M D090 _WGBIN DE 2500 / K 1) 500 A 600 A 4,0-10,0 мм 70 / 120 мм2 M10 1) К = Cable connection with clamping sleeve 2) For cable lugs 174

Clamps Eco clamps The ground clamp provide good contact with the work piece by means of a copper connection. This gives a clean current transition from the work surface to the welding cable.

CLAMPS Ordering Information Named Clamp Eco 250, 250 A (35%) Clamp Eco 400, 400 A (35%) Code 0700 006 001_WGE 0700 006 002_WGE Clamps MK 150, MP 200, MP 300 и MP 450 MK 150 is a fully galvanized

The maximum opening of the MP 200 is 50 mm, the MP 300 is 55 mm and the MP 450 is 60 mm.

0000 419 450_WGE Клеммы EG 600 The EG 600 is a very strong copper ground terminal.

176 Clamps Eco clamps The ground clamp provide good contact with the work piece by means of a copper connection. This gives a clean current transition from the work surface to the welding cable. The terminal also has a coppered connection between the upper and lower contact points, which ensures a constant current flow, even if one of the points is not completely connected. CLAMPS Ordering Information Named Clamp Eco 250, 250 A (35%) Clamp Eco 400, 400 A (35%) Code _WGE _WGE Clamps MK 150, MP 200, MP 300 и MP 450 MK 150 is a fully galvanized ground clamp with a maximum opening of 50 mm. MP 200, MP 300 and MP 450 are solid ground clamps with a high clamping force and provide reliable contact. The maximum opening of the MP 200 is 50 mm, the MP 300 is 55 mm and the MP 450 is 60 mm. Ordering Information Named Clamp MK 150, 150 A (ПВ 35%) Clamp MP 200, 200 A (ПВ 35%) Clamp MP 300, 300 A (ПВ 35%) Clamp MP 450, 450 A (ПВ 35%) Code _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE Клеммы EG 600 The EG 600 is a very strong copper ground terminal. The welding cable is fixed with a hexagon screw, the clamp has a maximum opening of 50 mm and a limiting current of 600 amperes. Ordering Information Named Clamp EG 600, 600 A (35%) Code _WGE Magnetic ground terminals Magnetic terminals are well attached to any metal surface. They have good contact and do not overheat due to the smaller area of contact. Ordering Information Named Magnetic clamp Magnetic earth clamp 400 A (35%) Magnetic clamp Magnetic earth clamp 600 A (35%) Code _WGE _WGE 175

177 CHEMICAL LIQUID FOR WELDING The ESAB NDT kit allows you to detect cracks in the welds. The process of detecting cracks consists of six steps. In this case, use a cleaner, penetrating liquid and developer. Verification procedure: 1 - apply ESAB cleaner and wipe the seam. 2 - apply a penetrating liquid of ESAB Penetrant onto the seam and wait 15 minutes. 3 - remove the penetrating liquid from the surface. 4 - apply a cleaner to the rag and thoroughly wipe (one side) the seam. Dry the surface with a dry rag. 5 - Shake the developer bottle and apply it to the seam surface. To sustain 10 minutes. 6 - remove the developer and paint from the weld surface with a cleaner. Aerosol Kit ESAB NDT : Aerosol ESAB NDT Penetrant (penetrating liquid) 300 ml Aerosol ESAB NDT Developer (developer) 400 ml Aerosol ESAB NDT Cleannier (cleaner) 300 ml _WGE _WGE _WGE 176

Spray and anti-esab spray liquid Aristo Fluid The ESAB Aristo Fluid is more than a conventional spray.

The liquid does not evaporate from the working surface, which provides excellent protection from welding sprays over the entire surface of the workpiece.

The treated surface is ready for painting without additional preparation.

178 Spray and anti-esab spray liquid Aristo Fluid The ESAB Aristo Fluid is more than a conventional spray. Concern ESAB has developed a product that contains an active substance at a much higher concentration than other products on the market. The liquid does not evaporate from the working surface, which provides excellent protection from welding sprays over the entire surface of the workpiece. The product is made on the basis of vegetable oil, it is completely safe, does not contain harmful or dangerous components. The liquid does not contain silicone and is soluble in water. The treated surface is ready for painting without additional preparation. Chemical materials CHEMICAL LIQUID FOR WELDING Ordering Information Named ESAB Aristo Fluid 600 мл спрей ESAB Aristo Fluid 10 л ESAB Aristo Fluid 25 л ESAB Aristo Fluid 200 л Code _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE Spray and liquid against ESAB High-Tech spray The liquid against ESAB High-Tech welding sprays combines exceptional efficacy and safety for health and the environment. Aerosol High-Tech effectively prevents adhesion of welding sprays on the workpiece. Absolutely non-flammable, nontoxic, does not contain harmful gases and is safe for the skin. The gas inside the cylinder is compressed air. It does not contain solvents, does not pollute the atmosphere and does not contribute to the greenhouse effect. Does not contain silicone and is soluble in water. The unique design of the balloon and valve allows spraying at any position. Ordering Information Named Liquid High-Tech 400 мл Liquid High-Tech 10 л Liquid High-Tech 25 л Code _WGE _WGE _WGE Etching paste ESAB Stain Clean The pickling paste Stain Clean is designed to restore the corrosion-resistant properties of stainless steels that have changed color and lost chromium as a result of welding. It surpasses in its properties the usual pickling pastes. Thanks to a special chemical composition and a gelatinous consistency, it is very easy to use. Pasta provides high purity and beautiful appearance. Ordering Information Named Stainclean pickling paste (1 kg pot) Box, 6 cans Code _WGE 177

CHEMICAL LIQUID FOR WELDING Spray non-stick Abicor Binzel One of the factors contributing to the achievement of good welding results is the use of professional non-stick coatings.

It is intended for application on a part of a welding torch for the purpose of their protection from welding spray, deposit and reduces the effect of heat, which increases the working life of welding

Protection against splashes Ordering Information Named Spray pistol BINZEL 400 ml (pack 12 items) Code 192.

which increases the working life of welding torches. It is an effective means of saving costs on spare parts. Can also be applied to welding products. Does not contain silicone.

179 CHEMICAL LIQUID FOR WELDING Spray non-stick Abicor Binzel One of the factors contributing to the achievement of good welding results is the use of professional non-stick coatings. Correctly selected non-stick coatings ensure safe operation and durability of welding torches. As well as reducing the laboriousness of welding operations. It is intended for application on a part of a welding torch for the purpose of their protection from welding spray, deposit and reduces the effect of heat, which increases the working life of welding torches. It is an effective means of saving costs on spare parts. Can also be applied to welding products. Does not contain silicone. It is applied by spraying. The volume is 400 ml. Protection against splashes Ordering Information Named Spray pistol BINZEL 400 ml (pack 12 items) Code _WGBIN Pasta non-stick Abicor Binzel It is intended for application on a part of a welding torch for the purpose of their protection from welding splashes, sludge and reduces the effect of heat, which increases the working life of welding torches. It is an effective means of saving costs on spare parts. Can also be applied to welding products. Does not contain silicone. Apply by dipping the welding torch into the paste. Weight gr. Ordering Information Named Paste "Duzofiks" 300 ml (pack 20 pcs.) Code 192.D033 _WGBIN Spray gun HAUFE (non-flammable) It prevents sticking of splashes, increases the resource of the tip, inserts and nozzles. Does not contain pharyons and other ozonedepleting substances. Ordering Information Named Spray gun HAUFE 300 ml (pack 12 pieces) Code 192.D040 _WGBIN 178

Welder Tools Cleaning brushes Brushes with metal nap from stainless steel for work with corrosion-resistant steels. Lightweight and comfortable, with wooden handles. Two-, three- and four-row.

0760024300_WGE 0760024600_WGE 0760024700_WGE WELDER TOOLS Welder template KL1 and KL2 The KL-1 welder template is used to measure the weld joint in a corner joint.

180 Welder Tools Cleaning brushes Brushes with metal nap from stainless steel for work with corrosion-resistant steels. Lightweight and comfortable, with wooden handles. Two-, three- and four-row. Ordering Information Named Double row steel brush Three-row steel brush Four-row steel brush Three-row stainless steel brush Four-row stainless steel brush Code _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE _WGE WELDER TOOLS Welder template KL1 and KL2 The KL-1 welder template is used to measure the weld joint in a corner joint. There are two dimensional scales: with the help of the first control the seams with a maximum leg 7 mm, and with the second control the seams with a maximum leg of 15 mm. The tool is shipped in a leather case. The welder template KL 2 is designed for measurement of corner welds and measurement of the smaller side (rectangular triangle) and height of the reinforcement seam. Supplied in a leather case. A calibration certificate is attached to the meter. Ordering Information Named Welding template Fillet gauge KL-1 Laser Welding template Fillet gauge KL-2 Laser Code _WGE _WGE Magnetic Holders Powerful magnets hold the workpiece in position when welding or soldering sheets at corners. The large model is able to withstand objects weighing up to 36 kg, a small model - up to 20 kg. Ordering Information Named Magnetic holder, small 120x80 mm Magnetic holder, large 160x100 mm Code _WGE _WGE 179

Drying equipment DRYING EQUIPMENT DS5 Container for drying and storage of electrodes DS5 is a light, portable container for storing and drying electrodes. Convenient to carry.

dimensions (diameter / height, mm) 73/503 Weight (kg) 6 Ordering Information Named DS5 Container for drying and storing electrodes, 220V Code 0700 011 086_WGE PK 1 Container for drying and storage of

The heating element is located throughout the height of the container and is completely insulated.

181 Drying equipment DRYING EQUIPMENT DS5 Container for drying and storage of electrodes DS5 is a light, portable container for storing and drying electrodes. Convenient to carry. Technical specifications Description Value Capacity 5 kg Storage temperature ( C) 150 Voltage (V) of alternating current 240 Insulation External dimensions (diameter / height, mm) 150/520 Internal dimensions (diameter / height, mm) 73/503 Weight (kg) 6 Ordering Information Named DS5 Container for drying and storing electrodes, 220V Code _WGE PK 1 Container for drying and storage of electrodes PK 1 is a lightweight convenient container for storing and calcining the electrodes. Convenient in carrying, provides storage at temperatures up to 100 C. The heating element is located throughout the height of the container and is completely insulated. Technical specifications Description Value Capacity 9 kg Storage temperature ( C) 100 Voltage (V) of alternating current 230 Power (kw) 0,1 External dimensions (diameter / height, mm) 225/610 Internal dimensions (diameter / height, mm) 100/470 Weight (kg) 6 Ordering Information Named PK 1 Container for drying and storing electrodes, 220 V Code _WGE PK 5 Container for calcining and storing electrodes PK 5 is a container for calcining and storing most types of electrodes. Drying time at full power 1-7 hours (depends on the type of electrodes). The temperature mode is controlled by a thermostat in the range of C. The electrodes are placed in PK 5 without packaging. The heating element is located along the entire height and is insulated. Ordering Information Named PK 5 Container for drying and storing electrodes, 220 V Code _WGE 180

Drying equipment SK 40 Cabinet for drying and storing electrodes SK 40 is a drying cabinet with 4 removable shelves for storing and drying electrodes. Electrodes are placed without packaging.

Technical specifications Description Value Capacity 120 kg Storage temperature ( C) 50-180 Voltage (V) of alternating current 230 Power (kw) 0,7 External dimensions (diameter / height, mm)

182 Drying equipment SK 40 Cabinet for drying and storing electrodes SK 40 is a drying cabinet with 4 removable shelves for storing and drying electrodes. Electrodes are placed without packaging. The cabinet is equipped with a thermometer, a thermostat and an indicator light. Temperature range: C. Technical specifications Description Value Capacity 120 kg Storage temperature ( C) Voltage (V) of alternating current 230 Power (kw) 0,7 External dimensions (diameter / height, mm) 530х640х750 Internal dimensions (diameter / height, mm) 470х510х520 Weight (kg) 55 DRYING EQUIPMENT Ordering Information Named SK 40 Cabinet for drying and storing electrodes, 220V Code _WGE PK 40 Cabinet for calcining and storing electrodes PK 40 is a robust cabinet for calcining and storing dried electrodes with a capacity of up to 10 packs. The calcination time is set manually in the temperature range C. Technical specifications Description Value Capacity 72 kg Storage temperature ( C) Voltage (V) of alternating current 230 Power (kw) 1,5 External dimensions (diameter / height, mm) 570х620х790 Internal dimensions (diameter / height, mm) 460х510х520 Weight (kg) 70 Ordering Information Named PK 40 Cabinet for calcining and storing electrodes Code _WGE 181

183 SL.100 PAINT MARKER INDUSTRIAL MARKERS SL.100 is a marker with liquid odorless paint, which does not include xylene. Due to its rapid drying, the paint leaves a well-readable, long-lasting marking on virtually any surface. The paint of the marker has a saturated palette: 15 bright, opaque colors leave a clearly visible marking, resistant to temperature fluctuations and UV radiation. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: The marker paint has a rich palette: 15 bright, opaque colors are perfect for identification marking, quality control and inspection. Due to the rapid drying of the paint, the downtime of the surface is reduced, which means that the productivity of the work increases. Due to the fact that the paint does not contain xylene, the risks to human health during its use are reduced to zero. The state collection was certified (Center for Research and Restoration of French Museums). A durable, wear-resistant tip contributes to the long use of the marker. Temperature range for using the marker: -20 C to 50 C (-4 F to 122 F). Temperature resistance: up to 100 C (212 F). Made in the EU. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Automotive industry Assembling cars Mechanical engineering Manufacturing of metal structures Construction Welding Shipping Museums and public collections Ordering Information Code Color White Yellow Red Blue Green Black Orange Purple Gray Pink Brown Blue Light green Silver Gold USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and cast iron Rubber and tires Glass Plastics Fabrics and textiles Pipes Cardboard Tile Stone 182

FEATURES AND BENEFITS: A unique paint formula prevents smearing and dries quickly through oil surfaces, leaving accurate markings in for a long time. Xylene paint reduces the health risks of the user.

184 PRO-LINE HP Pro-Line HP is a liquid marker that perfectly copes with dirty and greasy surfaces. High-performance paint penetrates through oils and greases, providing quick drying and leaving well-readable signs that last for a long time on the surface, not subject to wear, weather and fading. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: A unique paint formula prevents smearing and dries quickly through oil surfaces, leaving accurate markings in for a long time. Xylene paint reduces the health risks of the user. A sturdy metal cylinder and tip protect against breakage. To reduce corrosion (reduce chlorides / halogens), see PRO-LINE HP - Corrosion colors Snap-on cover makes it easy to carry the marker in your pocket. Temperature range for using the marker: -50 F to 150 F (-46 C to 66 C) Made in USA. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Manufacturing of metal structures Automobiles and other types of transport Industrial production Steel mills and warehouses Oil and gas industry Construction Aviation and space USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and cast iron Aluminum Pipes and tubes Plastics Rubber and tires Ordering Information Code Color White Yellow Red Black Orange Blue Green Silver Light green Light blue Gold Pink Purpl INDUSTRIAL MARKERS 183

185 PRO-LINE XT INDUSTRIAL MARKERS PRO-LINE XT is a liquid marker that perfectly copes with uneven, rusty and dirty surfaces. The paint leaves a well-readable marking, durable, wear-resistant, having chemical stability. The formula of quick drying guarantees the lightning interaction of the paint with the surface, leaving a well-readable marking. It is completely harmless to the user: it does not contain xylene and other harmful chemicals that can pose a threat to human health. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: Designed to work with dirty and rusty surfaces. The paint leaves a well-readable marking, durable, not subject to wear, weather and chemical resistance. The marker paint has a rich palette: 11 bright, colorful colors. Due to the rapid drying of the paint, the downtime of the surface is reduced, which means that the productivity of the work increases. A sturdy metal cylinder with a lid protects the marker from breakage and provides easy storage in the pocket. Temperature range for using the marker: -50 F to 150 F (-46 C to 66 C). Made in USA. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Metallurgy Manufacturing of metal structures Oil and gas industry Automotive industry Shipbuilding Construction Ordering Information Code Color White Yellow Red Black Blue Green Orange Silver Light green Blue Gold Pink Purple Brown USED FOR SURFACES: Metal with rust Steel and cast iron Pipes Slabs Non-ferrous metals Rubber and tires Plastics Glass and ceramics 184

186 VALVE ACTION PAINT MARKER Valve Action is a marker with liquid paint, which guarantees instant drying. Leaves a well-readable marking, durable, wear-resistant, resistant to temperature fluctuations, designed for different types of surfaces. Valve Action is the most universal marker with liquid paint in the world. Due to the fact that the paint does not contain xylene, the risks to human health during its use are reduced to zero. The paint of the marker has a saturated palette: 18 bright, fluorescent colors leave a clearly visible marking. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: The paint of the marker has a rich palette: 14 standard and 4 fluorescent colors are perfect for identification marking, quality control and inspection. Due to the rapid drying of the paint, the downtime of the surface is reduced, which means that the productivity of the work increases. Due to the fact that the paint does not contain xylene, the risks to human health during its use are reduced to zero. To reduce corrosion (reduce chlorides / halogens), see Valve Action Paint Marker - Low Corrosion colors. The medium-sized Dura-Nib tip leaves a wellreadable label, durable, not subject to wear. A sturdy metal cylinder with a lid protects the marker from breakage and provides easy storage in the pocket. Temperature range for using the marker: -50 F to 150 F (-46 C to 66 C). Made in USA. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Mechanical engineering Automotive industry Assembling cars Manufacturing of metal structures Construction Welding Shipping Textile industry Aviation and space Ordering Information Code Color Brown Purple White Yellow Red Black Orange Blue Green Gold Light green Pink Aluminum Blue Fluorescent Yellow Fluorescent green Fluorescent orange Fluorescent pink USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and cast iron Plastics Glass Pipes Rubber and tires Textiles INDUSTRIAL MARKERS 185

187 STYLMARK TUBE MARKER INDUSTRIAL MARKERS Markal Stylmark is a marker with a metal ball tip for marking almost all types of surfaces. Thanks to the convenient application of the ink by extruding it from an aluminum tube and a thick marking layer, the marker is suitable for coarse, vertical and ceiling surfaces, and also has an excellent Adhesion to greasy and damp surfaces. Due to the fact that the paint does not contain xylene, the risks to human health during its use are reduced to zero. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: The tip of the marker is a strong steel ball, the paint of which allows you to leave durable markings on rough or smooth surfaces. The steel tip is suitable for use on rough surfaces, leaving durable markings. Available in 3 sizes: 2 mm, 3 mm and 6 mm for a variety of thicknesses. The paint of the marker has a saturated palette: 11 bright colors leave marks, resistant to water, temperature fluctuations and UV radiation. A unique paint formula prevents streaks when working with vertical and ceiling surfaces. Temperature range for using the marker: -20 C to 70 C (-4 F to 158 F). Temperature resistance: 200 C (392 F). Made in the EU. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Steel Plants Forge and foundries Shipbuilding Manufacturing of metal structures Manufacturing of metal structures Construction Tire industry Welding Ordering Information Code Color Code Color White - 2 mm White - 6 mm Yellow - 2 mm Yellow - 6 mm Red - 2 mm Red - 6 mm Blue - 2 mm Blue - 6 mm Green - 2 mm Green - 6 mm Black - 2 mm Black - 6 mm Orange - 2 mm Orange - 6 mm Violet - 2 mm Violet - 6 mm Gray - 2 mm Gray - 6 mm Pink - 2 mm Pink - 6 mm Brown - 2 mm Brown - 6 mm White - 3 mm White - 1/ Yellow - 3 mm Yellow - 1/ Red - 3 mm Red - 1/ Blue - 3 mm Blue - 1/ Green - 3 mm Green - 1/ Black - 3 mm Black - 1/ Orange - 3 mm Orange - 1/ Purple - 3 mm Gray - 3 mm Pink - 3 mm Brown - 3 mm USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and cast iron Concrete, stone Asphalt Brick Masonry Plastics Rubber and tires 186

HT.1000 TUBE MARKER Markal HT.1000 - a marker whose tip is a metal ball is ideal for firing and heat treatment.

Thanks to the convenient application of paint by squeezing it out of an aluminum tube and Thick marking layer, the marker is suitable for coarse, vertical and ceiling surfaces, and also has excellent

188 HT.1000 TUBE MARKER Markal HT a marker whose tip is a metal ball is ideal for firing and heat treatment. The paint is suitable for use in environmental conditions and is capable of withstanding temperatures up to 1000 C. Thanks to the convenient application of paint by squeezing it out of an aluminum tube and Thick marking layer, the marker is suitable for coarse, vertical and ceiling surfaces, and also has excellent adhesion to greasy and wet surfaces. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: The high temperature of the paint is ideal for welding seams, ingots, casting, forging and other types of firing. The paint can withstand temperatures up to 1000 C. Durable paint is not rubbed off the surface, leaving a well-readable marking. The tip of the marker is a strong steel ball, the paint of which allows you to leave durable markings on rough or smooth surfaces. It is offered in 2 sizes: 3 mm and 6 mm for different thicknesses of markings. A special paint formula prevents streaks when working with vertical and ceiling surfaces. Temperature range for using the marker: -20 C to 70 C (-4 F to 158 F). Made in the EU. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Forge and foundries Steel Plants Welding Heat treatment industry USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and cast iron Aluminum Ordering Information Code Color White 3 mm Yellow 3 mm White 6 mm Yellow 6 mm INDUSTRIAL MARKERS 187

189 B PAINTSTIK INDUSTRIAL MARKERS Like most other Markal markers, the original B Paintstik is a unique and economical marker with solid paint. It perfectly combines the durability of paint and the convenience of using a pencil. Due to the unique formula of the paint, it leaves a well-readable marking on oily, icy, wet, dry or cold surfaces, resistant to temperature fluctuations and UV radiation. Paintstik is applicable for various types of surfaces, Including coarse, rusty, smooth or dirty. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: The unique paint formula leaves a well-readable, long-lasting marking. Suitable for coarse, rusty and contaminated surfaces. A hard paint marker does not require replacing the tip, which is not dulled and does not require additional ink refilling, which increases the efficiency of using the marker. The paint leaves markings that are resistant to temperature fluctuations and UV radiation. To reduce corrosion (reduction of chlorides / halogens) Available in 3 sizes: standard 11/16 «(17 mm), small 3/8» (9.5 mm), and large size 1 «(25.4 mm). Temperature range for using the marker: -50 F to 150 F (-46 C to 66 C). Made in USA. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Metallurgy Forge and foundries Shipbuilding Manufacturing of metal structures Tire production Lumber / Timber industry Construction Ordering Information Code Color White Yellow Red Black Orange Blue Green Pink Purple Brown Gray Gold Aluminum Fluorescent yellow White small size Yellow small size White large size White Hex Size Yellow Hex Size USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and cast iron Pipes Rubber and tires Lumber / wood Plastics Glass Concrete, stone 188

190 M and M-10 Paintstik M and M-10 Paintstiks is ideal for working with surfaces in high temperature, firing and heat treatment. The marking is designed to be applied to the surface at room temperature and able to withstand up to 1800 F (982 C). FEATURES AND BENEFITS: The marking can withstand instant cooling in water or immersion in oil. Ideal for welding, ingot, casting, forging and other types of firing. M Paintstik can withstand up to 1600 F (871 C). M-10 Paintstik can withstand up to 1800 F (982 ). The marker guarantees a clean job, leaving a neat, durable marking. For the most efficient use, the marker is easy to handle, and its cardboard cylinder is easily recyclable. Made in USA USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Forge and foundries Metallurgy Welding Heat treatment industry USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and cast iron Aluminum Ordering Information Code Color White Yellow Red Black White INDUSTRIAL MARKERS 189

Quik Stik INDUSTRIAL MARKERS Quik Stik is a pencil with a solid ink, leaves a smooth marking, which quickly dries. The pencil retains bright, distinct and durable marks on various types of surfaces.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS: Provides quick drying: the bright markings become dry in the range of 5 to 7 minutes. The marker contains 20% more paint than other brands, which saves money.

191 Quik Stik INDUSTRIAL MARKERS Quik Stik is a pencil with a solid ink, leaves a smooth marking, which quickly dries. The pencil retains bright, distinct and durable marks on various types of surfaces. A durable plastic case prevents the marker from being damaged. One of the biggest markers provides clean work and allows you to keep your hands, clothes and tool sets neat. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: Provides quick drying: the bright markings become dry in the range of 5 to 7 minutes. The marker contains 20% more paint than other brands, which saves money. Works with almost any type of surface: wet, smooth, rough and hot. The sealed lid keeps the marker clean and fresh between use. Leaves a well-readable label, resistant to temperature fluctuations and UV radiation. The marker is easy to use: to start and stop working with it, you need to turn the knob. Temperature range of marker use: from 0 F to 392 F (-18 C to 200 C). Made in USA USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Manufacturing of metal structures Automotive Construction Welding Industrial pipelines Delivery of food USED FOR SURFACES: Pipes Glass, ceramics Steel and cast iron Lumber / Timber Concrete, stone Rubber and tires Plastics Ordering Information Code Color Red Black White Yellow Green Blue Orange Purple 190

192 HT Paintstik The marker is specially designed for working with hot surfaces, the temperatures of which range from 400 F to 1600 F (204 C to 871 C). HT Paintstik - a marker with a solid paint for application on hot surfaces withstands severe steel production conditions. The paint of the marker has a saturated palette: 6 bright colors leave a marking, resistant to temperature fluctuations, fading. It does not erase, retains its rich color, is resistant to bumps and cracks. Ideal for working with such hot surfaces as coils, blanks, plates, bars. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: The pencil is specially designed to work with hot surfaces such as coils, blanks, rolls, plates, ingots and other metals with high temperatures. The duration of the use of the marker is 6 times greater than that of the chalk for the same purpose for hot surfaces. The paint is not erased, retains its rich color, is resistant to bumps and cracks. The formula for fast drying of the paint ensures its integrity during the assembly of products or when immersed in cold water baths. The marker contains a durable paint for a clearly visible marking. Available in 2 sizes: standard 3/8 «(9.5 mm) and large 3/4» (19 mm). Temperature range of marker use: from 400 F to 1600 F (204 C to 871 C). Made in USA. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Forge Metallurgy Aluminum plants Metallurgical plants Embossing and mechanical workshops Glass industry Ordering Information Code Color White Yellow Red Black Blue Green White USED FOR SURFACES: Coils Blanks and bars Casting Ingots and plates Rails and beams Glass INDUSTRIAL MARKERS 191

K Paintstik (White) INDUSTRIAL MARKERS K Paintstik is a pencil with a hard paint for application on hot surfaces. Ideal for marking hot surfaces.

FEATURES AND BENEFITS: The pencil is designed to mark hot surfaces such as iron, castings, ingots, forged products, steel blanks and metals with high temperatures.

193 K Paintstik (White) INDUSTRIAL MARKERS K Paintstik is a pencil with a hard paint for application on hot surfaces. Ideal for marking hot surfaces. The paint is not blurred, charred, remains well readable and clearly visible under all weather conditions. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: The pencil is designed to mark hot surfaces such as iron, castings, ingots, forged products, steel blanks and metals with high temperatures. The duration of the use of the marker is greater than that of the chalk for the same purpose for hot surfaces. The marker leaves visible signs even on the surface of the white-hot steel. The paint is not washed, charred, smeared, retains its rich color, is resistant to bumps and cracks. Temperature range of marker use: from 1800 F to 2200 F (from 982 C to 1204 C). Made in USA USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Forge Metallurgy Embossing and mechanical workshops Aluminum plants USED FOR SURFACES: Coils Blanks and bars Steel shortage Casting Ingots and plates Rails and beams Code Color White 192

Silver-Streak Metal Marker Markal Silver-Streak - metal markers, the marking of which is resistant to fire when creating a metal layout and in the process of manufacturing work.

Markers are suitable for all metal surfaces, including greasy and wet surfaces. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: A clearly visible marking glows when cutting and welding.

A sturdy holder prevents the marker from breaking. A sturdy, mechanical marker holder prevents it from breaking and has a convenient, built-in sharpener and pocket clip for easy storage.

194 Silver-Streak Metal Marker Markal Silver-Streak - metal markers, the marking of which is resistant to fire when creating a metal layout and in the process of manufacturing work. A unique reflective marking is visible through the screen of the welder s helmet. It is not rubbed, charred or blown off like a soapstone. Markers are suitable for all metal surfaces, including greasy and wet surfaces. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: A clearly visible marking glows when cutting and welding. The marking is not erased, charred or blown off the surface. The marker works with oil, damp or rusty metals, without scratching the surface. Available in two forms: thin and round. A sturdy holder prevents the marker from breaking. A sturdy, mechanical marker holder prevents it from breaking and has a convenient, built-in sharpener and pocket clip for easy storage. To reduce corrosion (reduction of chlorides / halogens). Made in USA. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Welding Manufacturing of metal structures Shipbuilding Production of bridges Construction USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and iron Aluminum Stainless steel Ordering Information Code Color Silver thin Silver round Silver round, 10 loose leaves Silver thin, in packing 25 pieces Silver thin, pack of 100 pieces Silver round, pack of 6 pieces INDUSTRIAL MARKERS 193

Red-Riter Metal Marker INDUSTRIAL MARKERS Ideal for surfaces such as aluminum and stainless steel. Metal markers Red-Riter provide excellent visibility of signs, resistant to fire.

195 Red-Riter Metal Marker INDUSTRIAL MARKERS Ideal for surfaces such as aluminum and stainless steel. Metal markers Red-Riter provide excellent visibility of signs, resistant to fire. Red marking is clearly visible through the screen of the welder s helmet. Unlike soapstone, long-lasting marking is not erased, charred and not blown off when creating a metal model and in the process of manufacturing work. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: A clearly visible marking lights up when cutting and welding. The marking is not erased, charred or blown off the surface. The marker works with oil, damp or rusty metals, without scratching the surface. The metal holder prevents breakage of the marker. A convenient pocket fastener is designed for easy storage in between use. To reduce corrosion (reduction of chlorides / halogens). Made in USA. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Welding Manufacturing of metal structures Shipbuilding Production of bridges Construction USED FOR SURFACES: Aluminum Stainless steel Steel and iron Code Color Thin Thin spare unit 194

FM.400 FM.400 is a soapstone pencil for welding that can withstand temperatures up to 2000 C (3630 F) and does not contaminate welds. Available in Europe.

196 FM.400 FM.400 is a soapstone pencil for welding that can withstand temperatures up to 2000 C (3630 F) and does not contaminate welds. Available in Europe. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: Signs are well read through the welder s helmet screen. High resistance to heat, the marking is clearly visible during the welding process. A flat structure prevents rolling on the work tables. The marking does not contaminate the welds and does not damage the surface of the metal. If necessary, temporary marking can be easily removed from the surface. See more robust and reliable Silver-Streak and Red-Riter metal markers. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Welding Manufacturing of metal structures Shipbuilding Production of bridges Construction Textile production USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and iron Aluminum Stainless steel Cloth (textile) Code Color FM.400 INDUSTRIAL MARKERS 195

require calibration. The range includes more than 100 temperature indicators, which allow to determine the temperature in the range from 38 to 1093 С (from 100 to 1000 F).

197 TEMPILSTIK INDUSTRIAL MARKERS Tempilstik is a unique thermo-indicating pencil. Tempilstik products, which are an inexpensive alternative to surface temperature measuring instruments, are easy to use - pencils do not contain sensors, nor electronic components, they do not require calibration. The range includes more than 100 temperature indicators, which allow to determine the temperature in the range from 38 to 1093 С (from 100 to 1000 F). FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES Measurement accuracy +/- 1% of the nominal value Clearly defined results due to the melting of the label Does not require calibration Absence of harmful substances in the composition as sulfur, lead and halogens A unique holder made from a non-slippery aluminum holder ensures comfort and complete control when using a pencil Longer service life than comparable products from other manufacturers The speed and simplicity of the temperature display positively affects the entire production process All pencils are labeled with a temperature threshold and comply with NIST (National Institute Standards and technologies) in the USA USE IN THE INDUSTRY Welding Shipbuilding and ship repair Bridge construction Metalworking Railways Ferrous metallurgy Temperature 100 C 150 C 200 C 250 C 50 C Code

Thermomelt Thermomelt HEAT-STIK is a marker that provides a fast and inexpensive way to accurately measure the surface temperatures of various metals and equipment.

198 Thermomelt Thermomelt HEAT-STIK is a marker that provides a fast and inexpensive way to accurately measure the surface temperatures of various metals and equipment. It has 88 Fahrenheit temperatures of 32 Celsius. The marker is convenient in use and creates comfortable working conditions with it in the workshop or workshop. FEATURES AND BENEFITS: If the tip of the pencil melts, then a certain temperature is reached. A durable pencil is 33% larger than the competitor s marker of the same purpose. The accuracy is within +/- 1% Fahrenheit, and +/- 3% Celsius of the nominal temperature, so there is no need to use calibration sensor. Ideal for use in preheating, heat treatment, intermediate temperature monitoring, calcination. The protective holder, the closing cover and the adjusting ring allow the marker to be used for a long period and prevent breakage. To reduce corrosion. Meets the following American standards for welding: AWS D1.1, ANSI / ASME Code B32.1 & B31.3, ASME Code Sec. I, III, and VII, NIST Traceable. Made in USA. USE IN THE INDUSTRY: Welding Shipbuilding Production of bridges Manufacturing of metal structures Forge Railway industry Steel Plants USED FOR SURFACES: Steel and cast iron INDUSTRIAL MARKERS 197

199 DURA-INK INDUSTRIAL MARKERS DURA-INK 5 is an ink marker that has an elongated micro tip. Thanks to this form, the marker allows you to leave neat and precise marks in the holes, on the mounting brackets or in other hard-to-reach areas. Industrial ink dries quickly from virtually any surface, is resistant to moisture and temperature fluctuations. Line thickness: 1/32 «(1 mm) DURA-INK 15 is an ink marker that is ideal for marking layers or individual parts of a part. The marker has a thin tip, allowing you to leave neat and accurate marks. Wear-resistant, quick-drying ink, strong tip and cylinder make this marker ideal for industrial use. DURA-INK 60 is a long-lasting ink marker with a durable medium-sized tip, leaving a clean, clearly visible marking. Ideal for use in the industry, and an ergonomic plastic housing provides easy operation, even with gloves. DURA-INK 200 is a long-lasting ink marker with an oversized tip that allows you to leave large, clearly visible marks. Ideal for marking equipment. A voluminous industrial case of impressive dimensions allows to hold a large stock of ink, increasing the time of using the marker. Ordering Information Code Color DURA-INK Black DURA-INK Red Black Blue Green DURA-INK Red Black Blue Green DURA-INK Green Blue Red Black 198

TRADES-MARKER DRY TRADES-MARKER DRY is an automatic graphite pencil with an elongated, thin tip. It has a metal case, which makes it more durable than plastic analogues.

Features and Benefits: A thin bar, reaching a length of up to 45 mm, is ideal for hard-to-reach places (which allows marking in recessed places such as fixing holes) The cap, body and clamp are made

200 TRADES-MARKER DRY TRADES-MARKER DRY is an automatic graphite pencil with an elongated, thin tip. It has a metal case, which makes it more durable than plastic analogues. He also has a convenient sharpener and a cap. It can be used with colored rods for light or dark surfaces. Features and Benefits: A thin bar, reaching a length of up to 45 mm, is ideal for hard-to-reach places (which allows marking in recessed places such as fixing holes) The cap, body and clamp are made of metal, which guarantees durability and durability when used in production Automatic extension of the rod, simple pressing of the button allows you to extend the rod by 2 mm Practical, it is always at hand. Thanks to the builtin sharpener, they can always make extremely accurate marks A sturdy clip allows you to attach a marker to your shirt or trousers The rod is easy to change: Unscrew the button, insert a new rod, twist the button (the colored rod should be sharpened before it is inserted into the marker) Thanks to two types of cores, graphite and colored, this marker writes on all types of surfaces and materials (contaminated, rusted, soft, greasy, wet, etc.) Similar 2.8 mm rods are also suitable for use with this marker Code Named Trades-Marker Dry (+ 1 graphite core) Industrial application: Construction Woodworking Industry Welding works Metalworking Technical Services Type of surface: Steel and iron Stone Tile Ceramics Wood Glass Plastic INDUSTRIAL MARKERS 199

201 EQUIPMENT FOR GAS CUTTINGOF METALS 200

Reducers oxygen Reducer oxygen BKO-50-12,5 Reducer cylinder oxygen single-stage БКО-50-12,5 is designed for lowering and regulating the gas pressure - oxygen coming from the cylinder and

202 Reducers oxygen Reducer oxygen BKO-50-12,5 Reducer cylinder oxygen single-stage БКО-50-12,5 is designed for lowering and regulating the gas pressure - oxygen coming from the cylinder and automatically maintaining a constant preset working gas pressure. Equipment: Reducer assembled - 1 pc. Nipple under a rubber sleeve with a diameter of 9 mm in accordance with GOST pc. Nut 19-1 piece. REDUCERS AND REGULATORS Specifications The highest throughput, m3 / h 50 The greatest gas pressure at the inlet, MPa (kgf / cm²) 20(200) The greatest working gas pressure, MPa (kgf / cm²) 1.25(12.5) Coefficient of uneven working pressure, i, no more than 0.3 Differential operating pressure difference, R, no more than 0.3 The greatest pressure of operation of the safety valve, MPa (kgf / cm ²) 2.5(25) Overall dimensions, mm 155x120x155 Weight of the set, kg 0,65 Ordering Information Code Named _WGGC BKO 50 12,5 Oxygen Reducer DINOX Plus O5 The oxygen cylinder reducer series DINOX is designed to reduce the pressure of oxygen coming from the cylinder and automatically maintain the set working pressure constant during gas flame treatment. The design of the reducer is very simple, reliable and safe, it allows to provide high accuracy and efficiency of gas supply. Specifications: Input pressure, operating, bar 200 (max- 300) Output pressure, working, bar up to 20 Throughput, m³ / hour - 60 Input connection (union nut) 3/4 «Output connection, mm 6 (or 1/4 «) Weight, kg 1.54 Ordering Information Code Named _WGGC DINOX Plus O5-200/20 bar, in. G3 / 4 «; Out. G1 / 4 «; 60 m3 / h 201

REDUCERS AND REGULATORS Reducer of propane BPO-5-3 The propane cylinder propane single-stage BPO-5-3 is designed to lower and regulate the pressure of the propane gas coming from the cylinder and to

Spanner nut 19-1 piece Propane reducers Technical characteristics of BPO-5-3 Maximum throughput, m³ / h 5,0 Maximum gas inlet pressure, MPa (kgf / cm²) 2.

203 REDUCERS AND REGULATORS Reducer of propane BPO-5-3 The propane cylinder propane single-stage BPO-5-3 is designed to lower and regulate the pressure of the propane gas coming from the cylinder and to automatically maintain the preset working gas pressure constant. Equipment: Reducer assembled - 1 pc. Nipple under a rubber sleeve with a diameter of 9 mm in accordance with GOST pc. Spanner nut 19-1 piece Propane reducers Technical characteristics of BPO-5-3 Maximum throughput, m³ / h 5,0 Maximum gas inlet pressure, MPa (kgf / cm²) 2.5 (25) The greatest working gas pressure, MPa (kgf / cm ²) 0.3 (3.0) Coefficient of uneven working pressure, i, no more than 0,3 Differential operating pressure difference, R, not more than 0,3 Overall dimensions, mm 155x152x50 Weight of the set, kg 0,45 Ordering Information Code Named _WGGC BPO 5 3 Propane reducer P2 The single-stage propane tank reducer P2 is designed to reduce the pressure of propane-butane coming from the cylinder. The equipment automatically maintains the set working pressure. The operating gas pressure is 0.4 MPa (4 bars). Specifications Gas P2 Propane Input pressure, bar 25 Output pressure, bar 4 Gas consumption, m3 / h 10 Safety valve No Input connection W21.8 x1 / 14 LH Output connection G 3/8 LH Overall dimensions, mm 110x165x85 Weight, kg 0,58 Ordering Information Code Named _WGGC P2 - Propane-butane - 25/4 bar, in. W21.8x1/14»; Out. G 3/8 LH; 10 m3 / h 202

Reducer acetylene DINAC Plus A2 Reducer cylinder acetylene series DINAC is designed to reduce the pressure of acetylene coming from the cylinder and automatically maintain the set working pressure

204 Reducer acetylene DINAC Plus A2 Reducer cylinder acetylene series DINAC is designed to reduce the pressure of acetylene coming from the cylinder and automatically maintain the set working pressure constant with gas flame treatment. The design of the reducer is very simple, reliable and safe, it allows to provide high accuracy and efficiency of gas supply. Specifications Maximum throughput, m³ / hour 5 Gas pressure at the inlet, MPa (bar) 2.5 (25) Working pressure, MPa (bar) 0.15 (1.5) Safety valve not available Input connection "yoke" Output connection G 3/8 LH, for hose 6 mm Overall dimensions, mm 205x185x60 Weight, kg 1,6 Reducers acetylenic Ordering Information Code Named _WGGC DINAC Plus A2-25 / 1,5bar, in. Clamp; Out. G 3/8 LH, 5 m³ / h REDUCERS AND REGULATORS 203

Gas regulators REDUCERS AND REGULATORS REGULATORS FOR CARBON DIOXIDE Single stage balloon flow regulators are designed to lower and regulate the pressure of carbon dioxide coming from the cylinder

Code Type The highest throughput (m 3 / h) The greatest gas pressure at the inlet MPa (kgf / cm 2) 2117509_WGGC У 30/АР 40 1,8(30) 20(200) 0,67 2117518_WGGC У 30/АР 40 КР 2,4(40) 20(200) 0,85 2117508

10 (100) 0,80 2133016_WGGC У-30-КР1 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0,72 2133018_WGGC У-30-КР1-А 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0,8 2133024_WGGC У-30-КР1-Р 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0,9 2133023_WGGC У-30-КР1П-Р 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 1,2

2133030_WGGC У-30-КР2П 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 1,2 Weight, kg NITROGEN REGULATORS The single-stage balloon flow regulators are designed to lower and regulate the pressure of the gas coming from the

205 Gas regulators REDUCERS AND REGULATORS REGULATORS FOR CARBON DIOXIDE Single stage balloon flow regulators are designed to lower and regulate the pressure of carbon dioxide coming from the cylinder and to automatically maintain a constant working gas flow at the regulator outlet during the work. Code Type The highest throughput (m 3 / h) The greatest gas pressure at the inlet MPa (kgf / cm 2) _WGGC У 30/АР 40 1,8(30) 20(200) 0, _WGGC У 30/АР 40 КР 2,4(40) 20(200) 0, _WGGC У 30/АР 40 Р 2,4(40) 20(200) 0,67 with rotameter _WGGC У 30/АР 40 КР Р 1,8(30) 20(200) 0,85 with rotameter _WGGC У-30-КР2 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0, _WGGC У-30-КР2^А 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0, _WGGC У-30-КР1 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0, _WGGC У-30-КР1-А 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0, _WGGC У-30-КР1-Р 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0, _WGGC У-30-КР1П-Р 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 1, _WGGC У-30-КР1-м 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0, _WGGC У-30-КР1-м-Р 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0, _WGGC У-30-КР2-м 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 0, _WGGC У-30-КР1П 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 1, _WGGC У-30-КР2П 1,8 (30) 10 (100) 1,2 Weight, kg NITROGEN REGULATORS The single-stage balloon flow regulators are designed to lower and regulate the pressure of the gas coming from the cylinder and to automatically maintain a constant working gas flow at the regulator outlet during the work. Code Type The highest throughput (m 3 / h) The greatest gas pressure at the inlet MPa (kgf / cm 2) Weight, kg _WGGC А 30 1,8(30) 20(200) 0, _WGGC А 30 КР 1,8(30) 20(200) 0, _WGGC А 90 5,4(90) 20(200) 0, _WGGC А 90 КР 5,4(90) 20(200) 0, _WGGC А-30-КР1 1,8 (30) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC А-90-КР1 5,4 (90) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC А-30-КР1-м 1,8 (30) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC А-90-КР1-м 5,4 (90) 20 (200) 0,74 204

Gas regulators REGULATORS ARGON The single-stage ball flow regulators are designed to reduce and regulate the pressure of the gas (argon) coming from the cylinder and to automatically maintain a

Code Type The highest throughput (m 3 / h) The greatest gas pressure at the inlet MPa (kgf / cm 2) 2117510_WGGC АР 10 0,6(10) 20(200) 0,67 2133522_WGGC АР 10 КР 0,6(10) 20(200) 0,85 2117511_WGGC АР

(150) 20 (200) 0,74 2133005 _WGGC АР-10-КР1 0,6 (10) 20 (200) 0,80 2133009 _WGGC АР-40-КР1 2,4 (40) 20 (200) 0,80 2133007 _WGGC АР-150-КР1 9,0 (150) 20 (200) 0,80 2133013 _WGGC АР-40-КР1-Р 2,4 (40)

206 Gas regulators REGULATORS ARGON The single-stage ball flow regulators are designed to reduce and regulate the pressure of the gas (argon) coming from the cylinder and to automatically maintain a constant working gas flow rate when feeding semi-automatic welding posts with a consumable electrode in a protective gas environment. Code Type The highest throughput (m 3 / h) The greatest gas pressure at the inlet MPa (kgf / cm 2) _WGGC АР 10 0,6(10) 20(200) 0, _WGGC АР 10 КР 0,6(10) 20(200) 0, _WGGC АР 150 9,0(150) 20(200) 0, _WGGC АР 150 КР 9,0(150) 20(200) 0, _WGGC АР-10-КР1-м 0,6 (10) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC АР-40-КР1-м 2,4 (40) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC АР-150-КР1-м 9,0 (150) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC АР-10-КР1 0,6 (10) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC АР-40-КР1 2,4 (40) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC АР-150-КР1 9,0 (150) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC АР-40-КР1-Р 2,4 (40) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC АР-40-КР1-м-Р 2,4 (40) 20 (200) 0,84 Weight, kg REDUCERS AND REGULATORS HELIUM REGULATORS The single-stage balloon flow regulators are designed to lower and regulate the pressure of the gas (helium) coming from the cylinder and to automatically maintain a constant working gas flow at the regulator outlet during the work. Code Type The highest throughput (m 3 / h) The greatest gas pressure at the inlet MPa (kgf / cm 2) Weight, kg _WGGC Г 70 4,2 (70) 20(200) 0, _WGGC Г 70 КР 4,2 (70) 20(200) 0, _WGGC Г-70-КР1 4,2 (70) 20 (200) 0, _WGGC Г-70-КР1-м 4,2 (70) 20 (200) 0,74 205

Gas cutters CUTTERS AND TORCHES Gas cutters propane/acetylene Code Length Tilt angle Combustible gas Thickness of metal Mouthpieces 0767578 _WGGC Dragon 550 mm 90 acetylene 3-300 mm 459 AC 0767579

207 Gas cutters CUTTERS AND TORCHES Gas cutters propane/acetylene Code Length Tilt angle Combustible gas Thickness of metal Mouthpieces _WGGC Dragon 550 mm 90 acetylene mm 459 AC _WGGC Dragon 550 mm 90 propane mm 459PB _WGGC Dragon 550 mm 90 acetylene mm 459 AC _WGGC Dragon 550 mm 90 Propane mm 459PB Cutting torches X501 HR / X501 Code Length Tilt angle Combustible gas Thickness Mouthpieces of metal _WGGC 800 мм 75 propane mm NFF, NX _WGGC 520 мм 90 propane mm NFF, NX _WGGC 520 мм 85 acetylene mm PUZ, _WGGC 520 мм 85 Propane mm A C, Gas cutters X511 - acetylene, propane Code Length Tilt angle Thickness Mouthpieces of metal _WGGC 570 mm mm AGN, PNME,HA317, HP337, AFS, FGA _WGGC 855 mm mm AGN, PNME,HA317, HP337, AFS, FGA _WGGC 855 mm mm AGN, PNME,HA317, HP337, AFS, FGA _WGGC 1155 mm mm AGN, PNME,HA317, HP337, AFS, FGA _WGGC 1155 mm mm AGN, PNME,HA317, HP337, AFS, FGA Cutting torches X650 (HARRA) Code Length Tilt angle Combustible Thickness of Mouthpieces gas metal _WGGC 480 мм 90 propane mm NFF, NX _WGGC 480 мм 90 acetylene mm AC,A (Harris) _WGGC 650 мм 75 propane mm NFF, NX _WGGC 1100 мм 75 propane mm NFF, NX _WGGC 1100 мм 90 propane mm NFF, NX _WGGC 1100 мм 90 acetylene mm AC,A (Harris) _WGGC 1100 мм 180 propane mm NFF, NX _WGGC 1500 мм 180 propane mm NFF, NX _WGGC 2200 мм 180 propane mm NFF, NX 206

Gas-burners ACETYLENE BURNERS Universal gas burners of small and medium power are designed for manual processes of gas-oxygen welding, soldering, heating and other types of gas flame treatment of

CUTTERS AND TORCHES Code Type Acetylene tips Thickness of welded metal, mm Overall dimensions, mm Weight, kg 2277006_WGGC Г2-М 0, 1, 2, 3 0,2-4 415х123х55 1,2 2277001_WGGC Г2-123 1, 2, 3 0,5-4

2277007_WGGC Г3-345 3,4,5 2-11 415х123х55 1,2 BURNERS FOR PROPANE Universal gas burners of small and medium power are designed for manual processes of gas-oxygen welding, soldering, heating and other

208 Gas-burners ACETYLENE BURNERS Universal gas burners of small and medium power are designed for manual processes of gas-oxygen welding, soldering, heating and other types of gas flame treatment of metals. The combustible gas is acetylene. CUTTERS AND TORCHES Code Type Acetylene tips Thickness of welded metal, mm Overall dimensions, mm Weight, kg _WGGC Г2-М 0, 1, 2, 3 0, х123х55 1, _WGGC Г , 2, 3 0, х123х55 1, _WGGC Г2-23 2, х123х55 1, _WGGC Г2-13 1, 3 0, х123х55 1, _WGGC Г2-34 3, х123х55 1, _WGGC Г3-45 4, х123х55 1, _WGGC Г ,4, х123х55 1,2 BURNERS FOR PROPANE Universal gas burners of small and medium power are designed for manual processes of gas-oxygen welding, soldering, heating and other types of gas flame treatment of metals. Combustible gas - propanebutane. Code Type Tips Thickness of welded metal, mm Overall dimensions, mm Weight, kg _WGGC ГЗУ , х123х55 1, _WGGC ГЗУ , х123х55 1,2 BURNERS COMBINED Universal gas burners of small and medium power are designed for manual processes of gas-oxygen welding, soldering, heating and other types of gas flame treatment of metals. Combustible gas is acetylene or propane-butane. Code Type Acetylene tips Propane tips Welded metal thickness (acetylene), mm The thickness of the weld metal (propane), mm _WGGC Г2-К 1,3 2,3 0, , _WGGC Г3-К 4,5 4, ,2 Weight, kg 207

Gas-burners CUTTERS AND TORCHES BURNERS GAS-AIR Manual gas-air burners type GV are designed for heating articles and blanks from ferrous and non-ferrous metals and their

Code Type Diameter of the nozzle, mm Execution Length, mm Weight, kg 2277010 _WGGC ГВ-100 35 Valve 490 0,275 2277011 _WGGC ГВ-100-Р 35 lever arm 510 0,370 2277012 _WGGC ГВ-111 50

209 Gas-burners CUTTERS AND TORCHES BURNERS GAS-AIR Manual gas-air burners type GV are designed for heating articles and blanks from ferrous and non-ferrous metals and their soldering, melting bitumen roll materials, drying foundry molds, burning old paint, repairing cable lines and other works. Code Type Diameter of the nozzle, mm Execution Length, mm Weight, kg _WGGC ГВ Valve 490 0, _WGGC ГВ-100-Р 35 lever arm 510 0, _WGGC ГВ Valve 930 0, _WGGC ГВ-111-Р 50 lever arm 950 0, _WGGC ГВ Valve , _WGGC ГВ-121-Р 70 lever arm , _WGGC ГВ-131 2*50 Valve , _WGGC ГВ-131-Р 2*50 lever arm ,

210 This powerful, but at the same time, an accurate portable machine, which guarantees a lot of advantages in work. It can be used to perform rectilinear cuts along the guide, profile cuts with manual feed, as well as circular cuts. The gas cutter can be mounted vertically or at an angle for oblique cuts of the edges of the sheet metal. Design features two-component cast aluminum housing aluminum torch bar, torch holder and flywheels brass gas manifold, hose connectors and cutters perforated guide section made of galvanized steel with fixation, 2 m optional guide section made of strong aluminum profile, 2 m possibility of working with acetylene, propane and natural gas wide choice of cutting nozzles you can use one or two cutters on one machine optional set with second torch GCEproFIT Gas Cutting Machine With the help of the hand-held gas cutting machine ProFIT, which can be equipped with 1 or 2 machine cutters if necessary, you can perform straightforward, contoured, strip, circular and oblique cuts without additional processing. The feed rate of mm / min is steplessly adjustable with the rotary knob in both forward and reverse travel. The massive housing, in which the gearbox, drive motor and all electrical control devices are located, consists of two cast light-alloy sections connected with each other by screws. The overrunning clutch facilitates the positioning of the machine on the sheet. ГАЗОРЕЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ МАШИНЫ Technical data Cutting capacity: Cutting speed: Application: Diameter of circular Max. Strip width: Heating power: Motor Power: Input connection for oxygen: Input connection for fuel gas: Machine dimensions: Weight: about 150mm with one cutter, up to 100mm with two cutters mm / min forward and reverse speed cutting: mm (optional to about 2340 mm) 485 mm (parallel cutting with two cutters) 230V A C / 50Hz 24V DC G1 / 4», d 8 bar, hose min. Du8 G3 / 8 «LH, up to 1 bar, hose min. Du (W D H) without cutter, hoses and torch bar 13kg with one cutter, 16kg with two cutters Ordering Information Code Selection of products _WGGC GCE p rofit without torch without guide _WGGC GCE p rofit machine with one nozzle mix torch, without guide _WGGC Additional set with second torch _WGGC Directional section 2m, profile of extruded aluminum with connecting bracket _WGGC Direction section 2m, Galvanized steel 209

Gas Cutting Machines GAS CUTTING MACHINES Gas Cutting Machine CG1-30 For accurate straight cutting of sheet metal from 5 mm along the guide rails and cutting circles from 200 mm with a circulating

The machine CG1-30 is equipped with an electronic control unit, which allows to ensure a stable cutting speed and its smooth adjustment, therefore, with proper adjustment, the surface of the obtained

211 Gas Cutting Machines GAS CUTTING MACHINES Gas Cutting Machine CG1-30 For accurate straight cutting of sheet metal from 5 mm along the guide rails and cutting circles from 200 mm with a circulating device, a mobile gas cutting machine CG1-30 is used. The ability to rotate the torch by an angle of up to 45 degrees makes it possible for the CG1-30 to chamfer, including the V-shape. The machine CG1-30 is equipped with an electronic control unit, which allows to ensure a stable cutting speed and its smooth adjustment, therefore, with proper adjustment, the surface of the obtained edge does not require further processing. Specifications Number of cutters 1 Speed, mm / min Thickness of cut metal, mm Power supply, V / Hz AC220 / 50 Diameter of the cut circles, mm Weight, kg 16 Dimensions, mm 470х230х240 Ordering Information Code Named CG130_WGBE Gas cutting machine CG1-30 Gas Cutting Machine CG1-100 To accurately rectilinearly cut and strip metal sheets into strips in one pass along the guide rails and cut circles from 200 mm, a mobile gas cutter CG-100 equipped with two gas cutters is used with a circulating device. The ability to rotate the torch by an angle of up to 45 degrees makes it possible for the CG1-100 to chamfer, including the V-shape. The CG1w-100 gas cutting machines are equipped with an electronic control unit, which allows to ensure a stable cutting speed and smooth adjustment, therefore, with proper adjustment, the surface of the obtained edge does not require further processing. Specifications Number of cutters 2 Speed, mm / min Thickness of cut metal, mm Power supply, V / Hz AC220 / 50 Diameter of the cut circles, mm Weight, kg 21 Dimensions, mm 470х230х250 Ordering Information Code Named CG1100_WGBE Gas Cutting Machine CG

Gas Cutting Machines Gas Cutting Machine CG2-150D For cutting sheet metal of increased thickness up to 200 mm according to a pre-prepared template with dimensions up to 500 mm on the procurement

The rigid design of the CG2-150D machine body made of light aluminum alloy and the electronic speed control system allow obtaining very high quality parts on the output.

212 Gas Cutting Machines Gas Cutting Machine CG2-150D For cutting sheet metal of increased thickness up to 200 mm according to a pre-prepared template with dimensions up to 500 mm on the procurement sites of enterprises it is necessary to use the gas cutting articulating-copying machine CG2-150D. The rigid design of the CG2-150D machine body made of light aluminum alloy and the electronic speed control system allow obtaining very high quality parts on the output. GAS CUTTING MACHINES Specifications Speed, mm / min Thickness of cut metal, mm Power supply, V / Hz AC220 / 50 Diameter of the cutout, mm Linear cutting, mm 200 Square, mm 500x500 Weight, kg 58,5 Dimensions, mm 190х335х1000 Ordering Information Code Named CG2150D_WGBE Gas Cutting Machine CG2-150D The machine for gas cutting pipes CG2-11D (electric drive) It is designed for precise gas cutting of pipes (the possibility of simultaneous chamfering). Diameter of cut pipes from 150mm and above. Mounting on the pipe with a chain. Gas cutting machine CG2-11D with electric drive. Used for gas-oxygen or plasma pipe cutting under production conditions or in the field. Compared with the machine with a manual drive increases productivity and does not require much effort from the carver. Specifications Description Voltage of the network (+/- 15%) at 50/60 Hz Cutting speed Thickness of cut metal Diameter of cut pipes Weight Dimensions 220 V mm / min 6-50 mm 150 mm 16 kg 280x280x450 mm Ordering Information Code Named CG211D_WGBE Gas Cutting Machine CG2-11D 211

213 ELECTRIC HAND TOOLS 212

WSG 15-125 Р FEATURES: FEIN WSG 15-125 P - convenient and compact angle grinder with a large reserve of power for effective grinding and cutting operations; Increase the service life of carbon

214 WSG Р FEATURES: FEIN WSG P - convenient and compact angle grinder with a large reserve of power for effective grinding and cutting operations; Increase the service life of carbon brushes (up to 30%) and increase the level of material removal compared to similar angle grinders; POWERtronic function for maximum performance, power reserve and stable rotational speed under load; Various user protection functions: KickBack Stop feedback system, self-timer blocking, soft start, electronic overload protection; Lowest weight and best vibration performance in its class. ELECTRIC HAND TOOLS Main characteristics Supplier FEIN Code Country of origin Germany Type of drive Electric Rotational speed, rpm The size of the grinding wheel, mm 125 Connection settings Power supply, V / Hz 220/50 Power consumption, kw 1.5 Length of power cable, m 4 Dimensions Weight, kg

215 WSG Inox ELECTRIC HAND TOOLS Excellent tool with adjustable speed for stainless steel machining. Increase the service life of carbon brushes (up to 30%) and increase the level of material removal compared to similar angle grinders. Adjustable rotation speed allows the use of different accessories for slip operations before grinding stainless become. POWERtronic for maximum performance, power reserve and stable rotational speed under load. The easiest and most compact of tools of the same type. Blocking control. Self-timer blocking. Soft start. Electronic overload protection. Rotary all-metal reducer head (in 90 increments) for maximum strength and durability. Best vibration performance in its class of instruments. Industrial cable H07, length 4 m Code Named WSG17-70 Inox Specifications: Rated power consumption W Effective capacity W Rotational speed at idle rpm Cable with plug 4 m Weight according to EPTA 2.4 kg Flanges M 14 Grinding wheel Ø125 mm Elastic disc grinding wheel Ø 125 mm 214

WSB20-230 A powerful safety angle grinder for grinding and cutting work. FEIN high-frequency motor: high removal capacity in the entire operating range of loads (up to 150%).

216 WSB A powerful safety angle grinder for grinding and cutting work. FEIN high-frequency motor: high removal capacity in the entire operating range of loads (up to 150%). Complete safety provided by the EBS electric braking system, self-locking and smooth start-up. No tools required QuickIN quick-clamping system - the tool is securely clamped without a key. The rear handle rotates in 4 positions. Dust-protected bearing. Monolithic electronic components. Self-stopping carbon brushes. Self-timer blocking. For maximum safety, it also comes with an automatic stop system ( ). 230 V only Code Named WSB ELECTRIC HAND TOOLS Specifications Rated power consumption Effective power Rotational speed at idle Cable with plug Weight according to EPTA Tool clamping Receiving hole Grinding wheel W W 6,600 rpm 4 m 5.9 kg QuickIN Ø22.23 mm Ø230 mm 215

217 WSG ELECTRIC HAND TOOLS The most powerful FEIN angle grinders for cutting and grinding in high load conditions. The most productive FEIN angle grinders with a powerful 2500-watt FEIN engine, providing a high- The efficiency of removal in the entire working range of loads (up to 150%). The flat head of the gearbox allows you to cut into complex workpieces. Soft start for safe handling from the beginning. The rear handle rotates in 4 positions. Dust-protected bearing. Monolithic electronic components. Self-stopping carbon brushes. Self-timer blocking. For maximum safety, it is also supplied with an automatic stop system ( ). Code Named WSG Specifications Rated power consumption W Effective power W Rotational speed at idle 6,600 rpm Cable with plug 4 m Weight according to EPTA 6.3 kg Flanges M 14 Grinding wheel Ø230 mm 216

GSZ 11-320 PERL Handy, extremely high performance die grinder with long reach for difficult grinding and deburring work in hard-to-reach locations.

218 GSZ PERL Handy, extremely high performance die grinder with long reach for difficult grinding and deburring work in hard-to-reach locations. Long, narrow neck allows tool to reach deep into workpieces (e.g. grinding inside pipes). Extensive operator protection thanks to KickBack Stop, self-start lock, soft start, and electronic overload protection. Innovative collets with wrap around collar for workpiece protection and to prevent the wrench slipping when changing tools. Variable speed allows different tools to be used. POWERtronic tacho electronics for enormous power, reserve capacity and extremely uniform speed under load. Replaceable rubber neck bearing casing. Motor and electronics protected against metal dust. Code Named GSZ PERL ELECTRIC HAND TOOLS Specifications: Power consumption Power output No load speed Cable with plug Weight according to EPTA Clamping neck Collet for max. Ø Grinding wheel for max. Ø Milling machine max. dia. 1,010 Watts 620 Watts 9,500-32,500 rpm 13 ft 4.6 lbs 1-11/16 in 1/4 in 2 in 1/2 in 217

KBM 65 U ELECTRIC HAND TOOLS High-performance with 2-speed gearbox and outstanding functionality for universal and efficient use in the workshop. Stable speed, even in the toughest applications.

219 KBM 65 U ELECTRIC HAND TOOLS High-performance with 2-speed gearbox and outstanding functionality for universal and efficient use in the workshop. Stable speed, even in the toughest applications. Fine drill spindle adjustment for convenient machine alignment. Double drill motor guides enable use of the largest core bits. Reversible. Electronic speed control. MK3 interface. High magnetic holding force. Convenient magnetic holding force gauge. Integrated cooling tank. * optional using accessory. Code Named KBM 65 U Specifications: Carbide annular cutter max. dia. 2-9/16 in HSS annular cutters max. dia. 1-3/4 in Mag base, max. drilling depth 2(3*) in Twist drill max. dia. 1 in Tapping 13/16 in Max. countersinking dia. 2 in Reaming max. dia. 1 in Power consumption 1,300 Watts Power output 730 Watts 1st gear rpm 2nd gear rpm Annular cutter holder QuickIN (3/4 in Weldon: AU,CA,US,UK) Tool mount MT 3 Stroke 5-11/16 in Total stroke range 12-3/8 in Drill stand adjustment range ± 1/4 in Drill stand angular adjustment ± 7 Magnetic holding force 3,150 lbs Magnetic base dimensions 8-1/16 x 3-3/4 in Cable with plug 13 ft Weight according to EPTA 35.5 lbs 218

220 EQUIPMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF PIPELINES 219

CENTRATORS FOR PIPELINES WELDING CENTRATORS OUTER EXTERNAL (ЦЗН) External link centralizers - for centering the ends of pipes before welding, when internal ones can not be used.

221 CENTRATORS FOR PIPELINES WELDING CENTRATORS OUTER EXTERNAL (ЦЗН) External link centralizers - for centering the ends of pipes before welding, when internal ones can not be used. The mechanism of the clamping screw. Centrators ЦЗН are intended for maintenance of concurrence of end faces of pipes in diameter from 108 to 1420 mm. For subsequent welding. The centralizer is a polyhedron equipped with pressure rollers. The closing links also have hooks and a screw clamp, by which the inner radius of the centralizer decreases, which leads to the coincidence of the external surfaces of the welded pipes. Simplicity of operation and ease of construction makes this line of centralizers indispensable for the installation and repair of pipelines in the field. Centralizers Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Weight, kg N21_WGRU ЦЗН N31_WGRU ЦЗН N41_WGRU ЦЗН N51_WGRU ЦЗН N71_WGRU ЦЗН ,1 N81_WGRU ЦЗН ,2 N111_WGRU ЦЗН ,5 N151_WGRU ЦЗН N211_WGRU ЦЗН ,5 N271_WGRU ЦЗН N321_WGRU ЦЗН ,5 N371_WGRU ЦЗН ,5 N421_WGRU ЦЗН N531_WGRU ЦЗН N631_WGRU ЦЗН N721_WGRU ЦЗН N821_WGRU ЦЗН N1021_WGRU ЦЗН N1221_WGRU ЦЗН N1421_WGRU ЦЗН N1621_WGRU ЦЗН N1721_WGRU ЦЗН

EXTERNAL EXCHANGE CENTERS (ЦНЭ) The centralizer of the external eccentric ЦНЭ is designed for centering the ends of pipes and overlap joints with a diameter of 89-426 mm before welding in field or

The main difference between the eccentric centralizers of ЦНЭ from conventional ring external centralizers is the possibility to use one centralizer for several pipe diameters, this is achieved by

222 EXTERNAL EXCHANGE CENTERS (ЦНЭ) The centralizer of the external eccentric ЦНЭ is designed for centering the ends of pipes and overlap joints with a diameter of mm before welding in field or workshop conditions. The main difference between the eccentric centralizers of ЦНЭ from conventional ring external centralizers is the possibility to use one centralizer for several pipe diameters, this is achieved by simply rearranging the axes or adding / removing spacers. ЦНЭ centralizers are made of structural carbon steel and coated with an anti-corrosion coating, this gives the centrifuges high strength, durability, protects from the aggressive external environment and improves the appearance. Centralizers CENTRATORS FOR PIPELINES WELDING Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Weight, kg E8-15_WGRU ЦНЭ E16-21_WGRU ЦНЭ ,7 E27-32_WGRU ЦНЭ ,7 E37-42_WGRU ЦНЭ ,3 E53_WGRU ЦНЭ ,9 E63_WGRU ЦНЭ CENTRATORS CALLED UNIVERSAL (ЦЗА, ЦЗН-У) The centralizer ЦНА (ЦЗН) for welding is intended for the centering of pipe ends and overlap joints with a diameter from 57 to 219 mm before welding in field and workshop conditions. For each diameter of the pipe, a certain model of the centralizer of the external ЦЗА is designed. The centralizers of the ЦНА (ЦЗН) are made of structural carbon steel and coated with an anti-corrosion coating, this gives the centrifuges high strength, durability, protects from the aggressive external environment and improves the appearance. Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Weight, kg U531_WGRU ЦЗН-531У(ЦЗА-531) U631_WGRU ЦЗН-631У(ЦЗА-631) U721_WGRU ЦЗН-721У(ЦЗА-721) U821_WGRU ЦЗН-821У(ЦЗА-821) U1021_WGRU ЦЗН-1021У(ЦЗА-1021) U1221_WGRU ЦЗН-1221У U1421_WGRU ЦЗН-1421У

CENTRATORS FOR PIPELINES WELDING OUTSIDE CENTERS WITH HYDRODOM CREAM (ЦНГ) External welding centralizers with a hydraulic jack are designed to center the welding of non-rotating joints of pipes in

The design of the struts allows for the continuous application of weld seams.

223 CENTRATORS FOR PIPELINES WELDING OUTSIDE CENTERS WITH HYDRODOM CREAM (ЦНГ) External welding centralizers with a hydraulic jack are designed to center the welding of non-rotating joints of pipes in the construction and repair of pipelines. Due to the increased compression force and additional screws ensure the centering of deformed pipes. The design of the struts allows for the continuous application of weld seams. The hydraulic centralizer is a modification of the centralizer of the central control unit, but instead of the node equipped with a screw clamp, a unit with a hydraulic cylinder is installed, which significantly reduces the necessary physical loads of the installer, thereby ensuring an increase in labor productivity. Centralizers Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Weight, kg G51_WGRU ЦНГ G71_WGRU ЦНГ G81_WGRU ЦНГ G101_WGRU ЦНГ G102_WGRU ЦНГ G121_WGRU ЦНГ G141_WGRU ЦНГ OUTSIDE EXTERNAL HYDRAULIC CENTERS (ЦЗНГ) The centralizer is an external, hydroficated ЦЗНГ designed to center the ends of pipes and overlap joints with a diameter of 530 to 1620 mm before welding in field and workshop conditions. For each pipe diameter, a certain centralizer model is used. A feature of the centralizer of the ЦЗНГ is the presence of a hydraulic jack in its design, which makes it possible to significantly reduce the physical efforts of the workers necessary for centering the pipe, which greatly facilitates their work and increases productivity. Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Weight, kg G631_WGRU ЦЗНГ G721_WGRU ЦЗНГ G821_WGRU ЦЗНГ G1021_WGRU ЦЗНГ G1221_WGRU ЦЗНГ G1421_WGRU ЦЗНГ

Pendant trolley with polyurethane rollers (ТПП) Trolley suspensions are designed to lift and hold an insulated and noninsulated pipeline by pipe layers at the required height, and also to move the

Trolley suspensions are strong, provide reliable engagement (stropovku) pipes, do not allow damage to both the pipe itself and its insulation coating, are simple in design and in use.

224 Pendant trolley with polyurethane rollers (ТПП) Trolley suspensions are designed to lift and hold an insulated and noninsulated pipeline by pipe layers at the required height, and also to move the pipeline in a horizontal plane by changing the reach of the boom of the pipe-laying machine at the construction of main pipelines at an ambient temperature of + 40 C to -40 C. Trolley suspensions are strong, provide reliable engagement (stropovku) pipes, do not allow damage to both the pipe itself and its insulation coating, are simple in design and in use. The load capacity of the trolley suspension depends on the diameter of the pipeline being laid and the thickness of the pipe wall. ТПП - in the design of the suspension rollers with polyurethane coating are used. Sphere of application: for separate construction of a main pipeline with an insulating layer, for raising, holding, laying in trenches of its litters. Pendant trolley DEVICES FOR LIFTING AND MOVING PIPES Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Carrying capacity, tons (weight, kg) P221_WGRU ТПП (125) P322_WGRU ТПП ,3 (355) P421_WGRU ТПП ,3 (490) P631_WGRU ТПП ,5 (655) P821_WGRU ТПП (780) P1021_WGRU ТПП (1155) P1421_WGRU ТПП (1400) Pendant trolley with metal rollers (TПП-M) Pendant trolley characterized by high functionality. The movement of the pipeline lobes is carried out in a horizontal plane. This operation is carried out by changing the reach of the boom of a pipeline-laying crane. When laying the pipeline, the stacker column moves along the trench. TПП-М - trolley frame suspension, in the construction of which metal rollers are used. This type of equipment is used when working with an uninsulated pipeline. Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Carrying capacity, tons (weight, kg) 221M_WGRU ТПП-221М (125) 322M_WGRU ТПП-322М ,3 (355) 421M_WGRU ТПП-421М ,3 (490) 631M_WGRU ТПП-631М ,5 (655) 821M_WGRU ТПП-821М (780) 1021M_WGRU ТПП-1021М (1155) 1421M_WGRU ТПП-1421М (1400) 223

DEVICES FOR LIFTING AND MOVING PIPES TRAVERSE FOR SOFT TOWEL (PM) Lifting traverses with soft towels are widely used in the installation and construction of pipelines.

The construction of the data traverse allows you to work on picking up the pipe with a removable finger along with one end of the towel.

225 DEVICES FOR LIFTING AND MOVING PIPES TRAVERSE FOR SOFT TOWEL (PM) Lifting traverses with soft towels are widely used in the installation and construction of pipelines. They are designed for moving and laying in a trench an insulated and non-insulated pipeline, pipes and sections up to 36 meters long for «threaded» welding, by intermittent interception. The construction of the data traverse allows you to work on picking up the pipe with a removable finger along with one end of the towel. The carrying capacity of this traverse varies from 8 to 64 tons, depending on the diameter of the pipe, but can be changed on request. Traverse for a soft towel Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Carrying Number of tapes WidthxThicknessxLength of Complete capacity, tons tape, mm Weight, kg T322_WGRU ПМ *10* T524_WGRU ПМ *10* T824_WGRU ПМ *10* T1023_WGRU ПМ *10* T1428_WGRU ПМ *10*

Tapes-towels, hung on a metal traverse Soft towels for lifting pipes are used for laying in a trench an insulated pipeline and for holding pipes during welding operations.

226 Tapes-towels, hung on a metal traverse Soft towels for lifting pipes are used for laying in a trench an insulated pipeline and for holding pipes during welding operations. The PM towels are made of high-strength materials in band or round-clad. Additional strength is provided by a special design of PM towels, which minimizes the areas in which an increased voltage may occur. Soft towels are a textile sling, the ends of which are lapped and form a lock joint. The loop at the end of the soft towel is worn on the swivel rolls, which provides not only a small weight of the lifted belt, but also simplifies the work for the slingers. Soft towels are available in 2 versions: hooked on a hook and on a metal traverse. Taps-towels DEVICES FOR LIFTING AND MOVING PIPES Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Carrying capacity, tons L320-5_WGRU МП-320-5Т L320-8_WGRU МП-320-8Т L530-16_WGRU МП Т L820-16_WGRU МП Т L820-25_WGRU МП Т L _WGRU МП Т L _WGRU МП Т L _WGRU МП Т L _WGRU МП Т L _WGRU МП Т L _WGRU МП Т Tape-towels, hung on the hook. Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Carrying capacity, tons L320-5K_WGRU МП-320-5К L320-8K_WGRU МП-320-8К L530-16K_WGRU МП К L820-16K_WGRU МП К L820-25K_WGRU МП К L K_WGRU МП К L K_WGRU МП К L K_WGRU МП К L K_WGRU МП К L K_WGRU МП К L K_WGRU МП К

DEVICES FOR LIFTING AND MOVING PIPES Support ring guides are designed for the construction of transitions of underground pipelines, laid in a protective casing (case) under the roads and railways, as

227 DEVICES FOR LIFTING AND MOVING PIPES Support ring guides are designed for the construction of transitions of underground pipelines, laid in a protective casing (case) under the roads and railways, as well as other engineering structures in all climatic zones at temperatures from -40 C to 50 C. ОНК is a steel sectional clamp with polymer supports fixed on it, providing slip in the casing. In addition, the supportguide rings are equipped with protective gaskets. Rings supporting-directing (ОНК) Code Named Number of parts Carrying capacity, tons K57_WGRU ОНК ,6 K76_WGRU ОНК ,2 K89_WGRU ОНК ,8 K108_WGRU ОНК K159_WGRU ОНК ,8 K219_WGRU ОНК ,6 K273_WGRU ОНК ,2 K325_WGRU ОНК ,8 K377_WGRU ОНК K426_WGRU ОНК ,8 K530_WGRU ОНК ,9 K630_WGRU ОНК ,9 K720_WGRU ОНК ,9 K820_WGRU ОНК ,3 K1020_WGRU ОНК ,6 K1220_WGRU ОНК K1420_WGRU ОНК ,5 226

228 The heat-shielding belt is designed to hide and prevent damage to the insulation coating of pipes in the weld zone during welding. The heat-shielding belt is used in the welding process, it is applied over the insulation coating on both sides, this provides protection of the coating coating from splashes of molten metal and fire impact. The thermopole is made of fire-resistant silica fiberglass and tarpaulin with special protective impregnation. The resource of the thermal belt is more than 100 joints. Thermal protection belt (ТЗП) DEVICES FOR LIFTING AND MOVING PIPES Code Named Diameter of pipe, mm Belt width, mm Z51_WGRU ТЗП Z71_WGRU ТЗП Z81_WGRU ТЗП Z111_WGRU ТЗП Z151_WGRU ТЗП Z211_WGRU ТЗП Z271_WGRU ТЗП Z321_WGRU ТЗП Z371_WGRU ТЗП Z421_WGRU ТЗП Z530_WGRU ТЗП Z610_WGRU ТЗП Z630_WGRU ТЗП Z720_WGRU ТЗП Z820_WGRU ТЗП Z1020_WGRU ТЗП Z1067_WGRU ТЗП Z1220_WGRU ТЗП Z1420_WGRU ТЗП Z1720_WGRU ТЗП

CONTACT INFORMATION CONTACT INFORMATION DEPARTMENT ATYRAU (CENTRAL OFFICE) 060006, Atyrau City,

/fax: +7 (7122) 512220, 512002, 309900, 309901, 309902 E-mail: info@welding.

/fax: +7 (727) 268 36 83, 268 36 90, 268 36 06 E-mail: almaty@welding.

kz DIVISION OF PAVLODAR 140000, Pavlodar City, 10/1 Chkalov Str., «WELDING WORLD» Tel.

kz DEPARTMENT OF SALE UST-KAMENOGORSK 070004, Ust-Kamenogorsk City, 46 M. Gorkiy Str., оff.134 Tel.

229 CONTACT INFORMATION CONTACT INFORMATION DEPARTMENT ATYRAU (CENTRAL OFFICE) , Atyrau City, Ardager Micr., passage 2, bld. No.34 Tel./fax: +7 (7122) , , , , DIVISION OF ALMATY , Almaty City, 164 Gaidar Str. Tel./fax: +7 (727) , , DIVISION OF ASTANA , 51 Akzhol Str. Tel./fax: +7 (7172) DIVISION OF PAVLODAR , Pavlodar City, 10/1 Chkalov Str., «WELDING WORLD» Tel./fax: +7 (7182) DEPARTMENT OF SALE UST-KAMENOGORSK , Ust-Kamenogorsk City, 46 M. Gorkiy Str., оff.134 Tel./fax: +7 (7232) SALES OFFICE OF KARAGANDA , Karaganda City, 100/10 Molokov Str. Tel./fax: +7 (7212) , REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE IN KYRGYZSTAN Bishkek city, 26 Usenbayev Str. Tel./fax: +996 (312) , +996 (312)

Kemppi K3 Welding equipment

Master S 400 A MASTER OF SITES Kemppi K3 Welding equipment 1(5) A POWERFUL, PORTABLE AND SIMPLE STICK (MMA) WELDER FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS Master S 400 is designed for high-performance Stick (MMA)